[go: up one dir, main page]

HK1214666B - Housing, electronic device, apparatus, method and flat object ejector assembly - Google Patents

Housing, electronic device, apparatus, method and flat object ejector assembly Download PDF

Info

Publication number
HK1214666B
HK1214666B HK16102598.4A HK16102598A HK1214666B HK 1214666 B HK1214666 B HK 1214666B HK 16102598 A HK16102598 A HK 16102598A HK 1214666 B HK1214666 B HK 1214666B
Authority
HK
Hong Kong
Prior art keywords
housing
antenna
opening
electronic device
pivot element
Prior art date
Application number
HK16102598.4A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Other versions
HK1214666A1 (en
Inventor
J.B.亨利
S.S.科宾
S.R.麦克卢尔
J.P.特纳斯
K.吉布斯
J.C.弗兰克林
E.M.基比提
J.拉夫
B.M.拉波波特
D.W.赖特
E.A.昂特曼
于明
C.皮特森
李青湘
R.A.安古罗戈麦兹
A.C.L.杨
B.C.维尔森
C.J.斯特林格
D.J.科斯特
D.Q.罗斯三世
D.吉姆
C.Y.苏
M.A.马罗尼
E.D.吉罗
P.S.崔扎斯科
J.R.沃德里奇
Original Assignee
苹果公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from US13/018,242 external-priority patent/US8911280B2/en
Priority claimed from US13/018,153 external-priority patent/US8570736B2/en
Priority claimed from US13/018,239 external-priority patent/US8460018B2/en
Priority claimed from US13/018,184 external-priority patent/US8665160B2/en
Priority claimed from US13/018,174 external-priority patent/US8587939B2/en
Priority claimed from US13/166,735 external-priority patent/US9064200B2/en
Application filed by 苹果公司 filed Critical 苹果公司
Publication of HK1214666A1 publication Critical patent/HK1214666A1/en
Publication of HK1214666B publication Critical patent/HK1214666B/en

Links

Description

外壳、电子设备、装置、方法及扁平物体弹出器组件Housing, electronic device, device, method and flat object ejector assembly

本申请是申请日为2012年1月31日、申请号为201210195767.5、发明名称为“外壳、电子设备、装置、方法及扁平物体弹出器组件”的发明专利申请的分案申请。This application is a divisional application of the invention patent application with application date of January 31, 2012, application number 201210195767.5, and invention name “housing, electronic device, device, method and flat object ejector assembly”.

技术领域Technical Field

所描述的实施例一般涉及便携式计算设备,例如膝上型计算机、平板计算机等。更特别地,描述了便携式计算设备的机壳以及组装便携式计算设备的方法。The described embodiments generally relate to portable computing devices, such as laptop computers, tablet computers, etc. More particularly, housings for portable computing devices and methods of assembling portable computing devices are described.

背景技术Background Art

近年来,便携式计算设备(例如膝上型计算机、PDA、媒体播放器、蜂窝式电话等)已变得较小、较轻并且功能强大。造成这种尺寸上的减小的一个因素可归因于制造商能够在大多数情况下增大这种元件的能力和/或操作速度的同时以越来越小的尺寸制造这些设备的各种元件。更小、更轻并且功能强大的这一趋势给便携式计算设备的某些元件的设计提出了持续的设计挑战。In recent years, portable computing devices (e.g., laptop computers, PDAs, media players, cellular phones, etc.) have become smaller, lighter, and more powerful. One factor contributing to this reduction in size can be attributed to manufacturers being able to manufacture the various components of these devices in increasingly smaller sizes while, in most cases, increasing the capabilities and/or operating speeds of such components. This trend toward smaller, lighter, and more powerful devices presents ongoing design challenges for the design of certain components of portable computing devices.

与便携式计算设备相关的一个设计挑战是对用于收容(house)各种内部元件的机壳的设计。该设计挑战通常源于几个相互冲突的设计目标,包括使机壳更轻和更薄的期望、以及使机壳更坚固而且使机壳更加赏心悦目的期望。更轻的机壳(其典型地利用更薄的结构和更少的紧固件)趋向于更易变形,并且因此它们在被使用时具有更大的弯曲和变形的倾向,而更坚固和更刚硬的机壳(典型地利用更结实的结构并包括紧固件)趋向于更厚并带来更多的重量。然而不幸的是,与更强健的机壳相一致的增大的重量会导致用户不满意,而由轻量材料形成的机壳的弯曲可导致损伤便携式设备的内部元件中的一些(如印刷电路板)。One design challenge associated with portable computing devices is the design of the housing that houses the various internal components. This design challenge often stems from several conflicting design goals, including the desire to make the housing lighter and thinner, and the desire to make the housing stronger and more aesthetically pleasing. Lighter housings (which typically utilize thinner structures and fewer fasteners) tend to be more flexible and, therefore, have a greater tendency to flex and deform when used, while stronger and more rigid housings (which typically utilize a sturdier structure and include fasteners) tend to be thicker and carry more weight. Unfortunately, however, the increased weight associated with a more robust housing can lead to user dissatisfaction, and flexing of a housing formed from lightweight materials can result in damage to some of the portable device's internal components (such as printed circuit boards).

此外,机壳是具有多个部件的机械组件,其在离散的点处被螺钉连接、螺栓连接、铆接或以其它方式紧固在一起。这些组装技术典型地使机壳设计复杂化并带来了美观上的障碍,因为在配合表面存在不希望的裂缝、接缝、间隙或断口以及沿着外壳表面放置紧固件。例如,当利用上下壳时产生围绕整个机壳的配合线。并且,用于制造便携式设备的各种元件和复杂过程会让组装变得耗时且需要烦琐的过程,例如需要经过高级培训的组装操作人员利用专用工具工作。Furthermore, the housing is a mechanical assembly having multiple components that are screwed, bolted, riveted, or otherwise fastened together at discrete points. These assembly techniques typically complicate the housing design and create aesthetic problems due to the presence of undesirable cracks, seams, gaps, or breaks in mating surfaces and the placement of fasteners along the housing surface. For example, when utilizing an upper and lower housing, a mating line is created that extends around the entire housing. Furthermore, the various components and complex processes used to manufacture portable devices can make assembly time-consuming and require cumbersome procedures, such as requiring highly trained assembly operators working with specialized tools.

另一项挑战涉及用于安装便携式计算设备内的结构的技术。传统地,该结构已位于壳体之一(上壳或下壳)之上并利用紧固件(例如螺钉、螺栓、铆钉等)附接于壳体之一。也就是说,该结构以类似于三明治的方式按层放置在壳体之上,然后紧固于该壳体。这种方法遭受上述同样的缺点,即组装是一个耗时而烦琐的过程。Another challenge involves the technology used to install structures within portable computing devices. Traditionally, the structure has been positioned on one of the housings (the upper or lower housing) and attached to the housing using fasteners (e.g., screws, bolts, rivets, etc.). In other words, the structure is layered on the housing in a sandwich-like manner and then fastened to the housing. This approach suffers from the same drawbacks mentioned above, namely, assembly is a time-consuming and tedious process.

从视觉的立足点来看,用户通常发现消费电子设备的紧凑和圆润的设计从审美角度更加引人注目。例如,薄而轻的便携式电子设备设计通常受到消费者的欢迎。为实现这种类型的设计,便携式电子设备可包括薄剖面的机壳和内置的许多不同的元件。例如,显示器、包括处理器和存储器的主逻辑板、电池、音频电路、扬声器和外部接口电路可被布置于薄剖面的机壳内。From a visual standpoint, users often find compact and sleek designs for consumer electronic devices more aesthetically appealing. For example, thin and lightweight portable electronic device designs are often popular with consumers. To achieve this type of design, portable electronic devices may include a thin-profile housing and house many different components. For example, a display, a main logic board including a processor and memory, a battery, audio circuitry, speakers, and external interface circuitry may be housed within the thin-profile housing.

便携式电子设备的一个优点在于其可移动并使用于多个不同环境中。当在环境之间移动时,需要外部通信和数据连接。为满足该需求,一般的方法是在便携式电子设备上实现无线解决方案。该无线解决方案可包括实现无线协议并在该设备上提供一个或更多个天线。One advantage of portable electronic devices is their portability and ability to be used in a variety of environments. When moving between environments, external communications and data connectivity are required. To meet this need, a common approach is to implement wireless solutions on the portable electronic device. These wireless solutions may include implementing a wireless protocol and providing one or more antennas on the device.

对无线解决方案的一个设计目标是广泛的操作条件下一致的无线性能。获得一致的无线性能的一项挑战是,为满足与无线性能不同的总体设计的方面所期望的材料可能对其无线性能造成负面影响。例如,为了达到强度和刚度的目标,可期望对于该机壳或设备元件使用无线电不透明的材料从而阻挡天线接收。要获得一致的无线性能的另一项挑战在于,在具有有限封装空间的紧凑设备中,可生成或可被感应以生成不利于无线性能的信号的元件可能被封装于紧邻天线处。One design goal for wireless solutions is consistent wireless performance across a wide range of operating conditions. One challenge in achieving consistent wireless performance is that materials that are intended to meet different aspects of the overall design than wireless performance can negatively impact wireless performance. For example, to achieve strength and rigidity goals, it may be desirable to use radio-opaque materials for the housing or device components, thereby blocking antenna reception. Another challenge in achieving consistent wireless performance is that in compact devices with limited packaging space, components that can generate or be induced to generate signals that are detrimental to wireless performance may be packaged in close proximity to the antenna.

大量制造的便携式电子设备的增长促进了对包封这种设备的机壳在功能和美观上的设计实践创新。所制造的设备可包括一种壳体,其提供了设备用户所希望的符合人体工程学的外形和从审美角度令人满意的视觉外观。便携式电子设备的金属合金壳体的外表面可通过计算机数控机械设备成形,并可以包括平坦区域和弯曲区域的组合。为最小化便携式电子设备的重量,金属合金外壳可在保持足够的机械强度以防止微小的碰撞损伤的同时被成形为最小厚度。由于金属合金壳体的厚度可以非常薄,例如几分之一毫米,因此对外部壳体的成形可以需要精确和可重复的结果以最小化壳体外部的表面差异。表面的不规则性可使得金属合金壳体具有不可接受的外观或折中的机械完整性。此外,大量的制造可能需要在最短时间内将金属合金壳体成形。与利用单个切削工具沿单条连续路径进行加工相比,用于成形金属合金壳体的不同区域的多个独立的工具可能需要额外的制造时间。因此需要一种方法和装置,用于加工金属合金壳体的三维顶表面、边缘表面和底部表面,进而得到一种表面,其具有在要求的容限之内的一致的表面变化,以在完成后实现所希望的最小厚度壳体和优选的表面外观。The growth of mass-produced portable electronic devices has promoted innovation in the design practices of the housings that enclose such devices in terms of function and aesthetics. The manufactured devices may include a housing that provides an ergonomic shape and an aesthetically pleasing visual appearance that is desired by the device users. The outer surface of the metal alloy housing of the portable electronic device can be formed by computer numerical control mechanical equipment and may include a combination of flat areas and curved areas. To minimize the weight of the portable electronic device, the metal alloy housing can be formed to a minimum thickness while maintaining sufficient mechanical strength to prevent minor collision damage. Since the thickness of the metal alloy housing can be very thin, such as a fraction of a millimeter, the shaping of the outer housing may require precise and repeatable results to minimize surface differences on the exterior of the housing. Surface irregularities may cause the metal alloy housing to have an unacceptable appearance or compromise mechanical integrity. In addition, large-scale manufacturing may require the metal alloy housing to be shaped in the shortest possible time. Compared to processing along a single continuous path using a single cutting tool, multiple independent tools for shaping different areas of the metal alloy housing may require additional manufacturing time. What is needed is a method and apparatus for machining the three-dimensional top, edge, and bottom surfaces of a metal alloy shell to produce a surface having consistent surface variations within required tolerances to achieve a desired minimum thickness shell and preferred surface appearance upon completion.

大量制造的便携式电子设备的增长促进了对包封这种设备的机壳在功能和美观上的设计实践创新。所制造的设备可包括一种壳体,其提供了设备用户所期望的符合人体工程学的外形和从审美角度令人满意的视觉外观。壳体的边缘表面可被成形为一种几何形状,其弯曲部分与平坦底部表面无缝结合,而沿边缘表面没有基本平坦的部分。壳体的边缘表面中的开口能够容纳可移除的扁平物体,如存储卡或用于保持存储卡的托盘。当该扁平物体存储于该壳体内时,扁平物体的外部可被形成为与该壳体的弯曲表面相邻接,以提供平滑而不间断的表面。可通过将弹出工具插入至扁平物体附近的壳体中的开口中来实现该扁平物体的机械弹出。为了使该扁平物体与壳体内的电路板对齐,该扁平物体可被定向为平行于电路板,典型地,平行于该壳体的平坦顶表面或平坦底部表面。由于壳体的边缘表面可不与外壳的平坦表面相垂直,因而该扁平物体可以在不垂直于壳体的弯曲边缘表面而是平行于平坦表面之一的方向上被弹出。为最小化壳体的弯曲边缘表面中的可接收与扁平物体相邻的弹出工具的开口的尺寸,开口中心可被定向为垂直于该壳体的弯曲边缘表面。弹出工具的插入角度可不平行于壳体中的扁平物体的取向。因而需要一种方法和一种装置,用于沿不与弹出工具通过与壳体表面垂直的开口插入的方向平行的方向来将扁平物体弹出通过壳体表面。The growth in the mass production of portable electronic devices has spurred innovative design practices for the functional and aesthetically pleasing housings that enclose such devices. These devices may include a housing that provides the ergonomic shape and aesthetically pleasing visual appearance desired by device users. The edge surface of the housing may be formed into a geometric shape with a curved portion seamlessly blending with a flat bottom surface, while lacking substantially flat portions along the edge surface. An opening in the edge surface of the housing can accommodate a removable flat object, such as a memory card or a tray for holding a memory card. When the flat object is stored within the housing, the exterior of the flat object may be formed to abut the curved surface of the housing, providing a smooth, uninterrupted surface. Mechanical ejection of the flat object can be achieved by inserting an ejection tool into the opening in the housing near the flat object. To align the flat object with the circuit board within the housing, the flat object may be oriented parallel to the circuit board, typically parallel to the flat top or bottom surface of the housing. Because the edge surface of the housing may not be perpendicular to the flat surface of the housing, the flat object can be ejected in a direction that is not perpendicular to the curved edge surface of the housing, but rather parallel to one of the flat surfaces. To minimize the size of an opening in a curved edge surface of a housing that can receive an ejection tool adjacent to a flat object, the center of the opening can be oriented perpendicular to the curved edge surface of the housing. The angle at which the ejection tool is inserted can be non-parallel to the orientation of the flat object in the housing. Therefore, a method and apparatus are needed for ejecting a flat object through a housing surface in a direction that is non-parallel to the direction in which the ejection tool is inserted through the opening perpendicular to the housing surface.

鉴于上述内容,需要提高元件的密度以及相关组装技术,其降低成本和提高出厂质量。此外,还需要手持设备的组装方式的改进,例如使得结构能够快速并容易地安装在机壳内的改进。还希望使组装的元件的Z堆叠高度最小化以便减小便携式计算设备的总厚度,进而改善产品整体的美观性和感觉。鉴于上述内容,需要一种方法和装置,用于改进便携式电子设备中的无线性能。In light of the foregoing, there is a need for increased component density and related assembly techniques that reduce costs and improve factory quality. Furthermore, there is a need for improvements in the assembly of handheld devices, such as improvements that allow the structure to be quickly and easily installed within a housing. It is also desirable to minimize the Z stack height of assembled components to reduce the overall thickness of the portable computing device, thereby improving the overall aesthetics and feel of the product. In light of the foregoing, there is a need for a method and apparatus for improving wireless performance in portable electronic devices.

发明内容Summary of the Invention

公开了一种便携式计算设备。该便携式计算设备可采用多种形式,例如膝上型计算机、平板计算机等。在一个实施例中,便携式计算设备可包括至少一个单件外壳,其具有用于接收边框压条(trim bead)和透明盖体的表面,以使该透明盖体被该外壳所支撑。该单件外壳可包括一体化的底部和侧壁,其协作形成内部空腔。该外壳的外表面可具有基本平坦的底部,与弯曲的壁相连接。该内部空腔可包括基本平坦的底部,用于安装电池组和其它元件(如PCB板)。包括壁架、对齐点、附接点、开口及支撑结构的各种结构可被形成于内部空腔的侧壁及底面中。围绕内部空腔的周边的壁架可包括用于将边框压条和透明盖体接收到外壳的表面。在一个实施例中,围绕空腔的周边可安装角托架。该角托架可被配置为减少拐角处的碰撞引起的损伤。A portable computing device is disclosed. The portable computing device can take various forms, such as a laptop computer, a tablet computer, and the like. In one embodiment, the portable computing device may include at least one single-piece housing having a surface for receiving a trim bead and a transparent cover so that the transparent cover is supported by the housing. The single-piece housing may include an integrated bottom and side walls that cooperate to form an internal cavity. The outer surface of the housing may have a substantially flat bottom connected to a curved wall. The internal cavity may include a substantially flat bottom for mounting a battery pack and other components (such as a PCB board). Various structures including ledges, alignment points, attachment points, openings, and support structures may be formed in the side walls and bottom surface of the internal cavity. Ledges surrounding the perimeter of the internal cavity may include a surface for receiving the trim bead and the transparent cover to the housing. In one embodiment, corner brackets may be mounted around the perimeter of the cavity. The corner brackets may be configured to reduce damage caused by collisions at corners.

在一个方面中,该单件外壳可用单坯(billet)材料(例如矩形铝块)通过使用计算机数控(CNC)机械工具和相关技术加工而成。在一个实施例中,单件外壳可通过以下方式形成:1)将该坯进行加工以形成外壳的外表面,该外表面包括弯曲的侧壁,该弯曲的侧壁过渡至基本平坦的底部表面;2)将该坯进行加工以形成内部空腔,该内部空腔的一部分基本平坦并且平行于基本平坦的底部表面;3)将该坯进行加工以形成内部侧壁,以形成延伸自该侧壁的壁架,该壁架包括近似平行于平坦的底部表面的表面,用于接收边框压条和盖体,以及4) 将该坯进行加工以形成支撑架,用于将角托架附接于该外壳。In one aspect, the single-piece housing can be machined from a single billet of material (e.g., a rectangular block of aluminum) using computer numerical control (CNC) machine tools and related techniques. In one embodiment, the single-piece housing can be formed by: 1) machining the billet to form an outer surface of the housing, the outer surface including curved sidewalls that transition to a substantially flat bottom surface; 2) machining the billet to form an interior cavity, a portion of the interior cavity being substantially flat and parallel to the substantially flat bottom surface; 3) machining the billet to form an interior sidewall to form a ledge extending from the sidewall, the ledge including a surface approximately parallel to the flat bottom surface for receiving a trim molding and a cover, and 4) machining the billet to form a support frame for attaching a corner bracket to the housing.

在特定实施例中,该角托架可以利用粘性导电泡沫附接到支撑架,以增加刚性且由此外壳对碰撞事件的抗损伤性。该导电泡沫可将角托架接地于外壳其余部分,以保证良好的天线性能。该角托架可包括用于接收边框压条和盖体的拐角部分的表面。该角托架可被安装以使得用于接收边框压条的角托架上的表面的顶部与在邻近该角托架的单件外壳的壁架上形成的用于接收边框压条的表面对齐。在一个实施例中,角托架上的用于接收边框压条的表面可为堞形,以便以近似于堞形建筑的方式增加外壳的强度。In a particular embodiment, the corner bracket can be attached to the support frame using adhesive conductive foam to increase the rigidity and thereby the damage resistance of the housing to collision events. The conductive foam can ground the corner bracket to the rest of the housing to ensure good antenna performance. The corner bracket may include surfaces for receiving the frame bead and the corner portion of the cover. The corner bracket may be mounted so that the top of the surface on the corner bracket for receiving the frame bead is aligned with the surface formed on the ledge of the single-piece housing adjacent to the corner bracket for receiving the frame bead. In one embodiment, the surface on the corner bracket for receiving the frame bead may be castellated to increase the strength of the housing in a manner similar to a castellated building.

在另一实施例中,可在单件外壳上加工多个开口,以提供从外壳外部向内部空腔的入口。例如,可形成单件外壳中的第一开口,以允许用于支撑SIM卡的SIM托盘从内部空腔延伸通过侧壁之一并在其之上,并且可以形成单件外壳中的邻近于第一开口的第二开口,以用于允许进入弹出器机构,使该SIM托盘从空腔内部延伸。作为另一示例,可以在外壳底部中形成开口,其被配置为接收徽标叠层,该徽标叠层包括接合于金属板的徽标嵌件。在另一实施例中,可在外壳的弯曲的外部侧壁中形成多个开口,以允许来自扬声器的声音逸出外壳。可以在与侧壁局部曲率正交的方向上从外部向内部加工孔。In another embodiment, multiple openings can be machined into the single-piece housing to provide access from the exterior of the housing to the interior cavity. For example, a first opening in the single-piece housing can be formed to allow a SIM tray for supporting a SIM card to extend from the interior cavity through and above one of the sidewalls, and a second opening in the single-piece housing, adjacent to the first opening, can be formed to allow access to an ejector mechanism for extending the SIM tray from within the cavity. As another example, an opening can be formed in the bottom of the housing that is configured to receive a logo overlay comprising a logo inlay bonded to a metal plate. In another embodiment, multiple openings can be formed in the curved exterior sidewall of the housing to allow sound from a speaker to escape from the housing. Apertures can be machined from the exterior to the interior in a direction orthogonal to the local curvature of the sidewall.

在另一实施例中,可设计该外壳以使得在盖体故障期间保持某些结构上的完整性。在一个示例中,粘合剂(如粘合带)可应用于盖体的底部。在盖体发生故障的情况下,粘合带可将盖体的各部分固定在一起,并且防止该盖体破碎成碎片。In another embodiment, the housing can be designed to maintain some structural integrity during a cover failure. In one example, an adhesive (such as adhesive tape) can be applied to the bottom of the cover. In the event of a cover failure, the adhesive tape can secure the cover sections together and prevent the cover from breaking into pieces.

该便携式计算设备可采用多种形式,例如膝上型计算机、平板计算机等。包括协作形成内部空腔的一体化的底部和侧壁的单件外壳可被用作机壳。设备元件(例如显示器、电池组、主逻辑板、存储器、音频设备)可被封装于内部空腔中。该元件可使用盖体被密封于内部空腔中。在一个实施例中,单件外壳可由无线电不透明材料形成,而该盖体可由无线电透明材料形成,该无线电透明材料也是光透明的,例如透明玻璃。The portable computing device can take a variety of forms, such as a laptop computer, a tablet computer, and the like. A single-piece housing including an integrated bottom and sidewalls that cooperate to form an internal cavity can be used as the housing. Device components (e.g., a display, a battery pack, a main logic board, memory, audio equipment) can be encapsulated in the internal cavity. The components can be sealed in the internal cavity using a cover. In one embodiment, the single-piece housing can be formed from a radio-opaque material, while the cover can be formed from a radio-transparent material that is also optically transparent, such as clear glass.

天线系统可设置于盖体下方的外壳的内部空腔中。天线系统可包括用于发送或接收无线信号的天线。可提供用于将天线接合于盖体玻璃底部的粘合层和可压缩泡沫层。该可压缩泡沫层可被配置为对天线施加向上的力,以提供天线和盖体底部之间相对恒定的间距,以便最小化盖体底部和天线之间的空气间隙。该相对恒定的间距和最小的空气间隙可有助于改善利用天线实现的无线解决方案的性能。The antenna system may be disposed within the interior cavity of the housing beneath the cover. The antenna system may include an antenna for transmitting or receiving wireless signals. An adhesive layer and a compressible foam layer may be provided for bonding the antenna to the bottom glass of the cover. The compressible foam layer may be configured to apply an upward force to the antenna to provide a relatively constant spacing between the antenna and the bottom of the cover, thereby minimizing air gaps between the bottom of the cover and the antenna. This relatively constant spacing and minimized air gaps may help improve the performance of wireless solutions implemented using the antenna.

在一个实施例中,天线可接合于该可压缩泡沫层。在另一实施例中,天线载体可设置于天线和可压缩泡沫层之间,其中天线和可压缩泡沫均可接合于天线载体。可为该外壳提供RF天线窗。在一个实施例中,天线载体可被配置为安装于RF天线窗内。In one embodiment, the antenna may be bonded to the compressible foam layer. In another embodiment, an antenna carrier may be disposed between the antenna and the compressible foam layer, wherein both the antenna and the compressible foam may be bonded to the antenna carrier. The housing may be provided with an RF antenna window. In one embodiment, the antenna carrier may be configured to be mounted within the RF antenna window.

在另一实施例中,近距离传感器可耦接于该天线载体,例如通过将近距离传感器接合于可压缩泡沫层。该近距离传感器可用于检测天线附近的物体。当物体被检测到接近该天线时,与天线相关联的功率电平可被调整。屏蔽物可设置于近距离传感器与天线之间。该屏蔽物可用于阻止近距离传感器产生的电磁干扰到达天线。In another embodiment, a proximity sensor may be coupled to the antenna carrier, for example, by bonding the proximity sensor to a compressible foam layer. The proximity sensor may be used to detect objects in the vicinity of the antenna. When an object is detected in proximity to the antenna, the power level associated with the antenna may be adjusted. A shield may be disposed between the proximity sensor and the antenna. The shield may be used to prevent electromagnetic interference generated by the proximity sensor from reaching the antenna.

本发明的另一方面提供了一种系统。该系统可包括金属外壳,具有用于接收盖体玻璃、扬声器组件和天线系统的表面。该扬声器组件可具有a)扬声器外壳,其具有用于包封至少一个扬声器驱动器的金属部分;b)用于将扬声器驱动器接地至扬声器外壳的金属部分的连接器;c)缠绕在扬声器外壳上的导电材料,用于形成至少一个扬声器驱动器周围的法拉第笼(faraday cage),该导电材料接地于该金属部分和金属外壳。天线系统可安装于盖体玻璃的底部和扬声器组件。此外,该天线系统可接地于金属外壳。在一个实施例中,天线系统可位于金属外壳的一个侧边附近。该金属外壳在接近天线系统的侧边的厚度可以为了天线系统的性能而被减薄。Another aspect of the present invention provides a system. The system may include a metal housing having a surface for receiving a cover glass, a speaker assembly, and an antenna system. The speaker assembly may have a) a speaker housing having a metal portion for enclosing at least one speaker driver; b) a connector for grounding the speaker driver to the metal portion of the speaker housing; and c) a conductive material wrapped around the speaker housing to form a faraday cage around the at least one speaker driver, the conductive material being grounded to the metal portion and the metal housing. The antenna system may be mounted to the bottom of the cover glass and the speaker assembly. Additionally, the antenna system may be grounded to the metal housing. In one embodiment, the antenna system may be located near a side of the metal housing. The thickness of the metal housing near the side of the antenna system may be reduced for performance of the antenna system.

公开了一种便携式计算设备。该便携式计算设备可采用多种形式,例如膝上型计算机、平板计算机等。在一个实施例中,便携式计算设备可包括单件外壳,其具有正面开口。在所描述实施例中,该单件外壳又可包括一体化的底部和侧壁,其与该正面开口共同协助形成空腔,其中底壁的内表面基本平坦而侧壁为弯曲的。除该单件外壳以外,便携式计算设备可包括元件,其包括至少一个电池单元和主逻辑板,其直接安装于底壁的中部。其它元件(包括传感器、天线、按钮、开关及扬声器模块)可设置在电池单元和主逻辑板的周边边缘周围。该便携式计算设备也可包括安装于外壳的显示器组件和设置于正面开口内并附接于该外壳的透明盖体。该单件外壳的底部和所安装的显示器组件可形成电池单元的保护性机壳。A portable computing device is disclosed. The portable computing device can take a variety of forms, such as a laptop computer, a tablet computer, and the like. In one embodiment, the portable computing device can include a single-piece housing having a front opening. In the described embodiment, the single-piece housing can further include an integral bottom and side walls that, together with the front opening, help form a cavity, wherein the inner surface of the bottom wall is substantially flat and the side walls are curved. In addition to the single-piece housing, the portable computing device can include components including at least one battery cell and a main logic board mounted directly to the center of the bottom wall. Other components (including sensors, antennas, buttons, switches, and speaker modules) can be disposed around the peripheral edges of the battery cell and the main logic board. The portable computing device can also include a display assembly mounted to the housing and a transparent cover disposed within the front opening and attached to the housing. The bottom of the single-piece housing and the mounted display assembly can form a protective housing for the battery cell.

在另一实施例中,公开了一种便携式计算设备。该便携式计算设备可包括具有正面开口的单件外壳。在所描述实施例中,该单件外壳可包括一体化的底壁和侧壁,其与该正面开口共同协助形成空腔,其中底壁具有基本平坦的内表面。元件(如电池单元和主逻辑板)可直接安装于外壳的底壁的内表面。电池单元和主逻辑板可基本位于同一平面中,并且电池单元在操作过程中可膨胀至电池单元之间的空间中。显示器组件可设置于正面开口内并安装于该外壳,以使该外壳与显示器组件共同形成用于电池单元的保护性机壳。In another embodiment, a portable computing device is disclosed. The portable computing device may include a single-piece housing having a front opening. In the described embodiment, the single-piece housing may include an integral bottom wall and side walls that, together with the front opening, assist in forming a cavity, wherein the bottom wall has a substantially flat inner surface. Components (such as battery cells and a main logic board) may be mounted directly to the inner surface of the bottom wall of the housing. The battery cells and the main logic board may be located substantially in the same plane, and the battery cells may expand into the spaces between the battery cells during operation. A display assembly may be disposed within the front opening and mounted to the housing such that the housing and the display assembly together form a protective enclosure for the battery cells.

在另一实施例中,公开了一种便携式计算设备。该便携式计算设备可包括具有正面开口的单件外壳。该单件外壳可包括一体化的底壁和侧壁,其与该正面开口共同协助形成空腔。该外壳的底壁可具有基本平坦的内表面,其被周边边缘部分中的复数个凹槽所包围。元件可直接安装于底壁的基本平坦的内表面,并且至少另一元件可安装于该周边边缘部分中的凹槽中。显示系统和透明盖体可设置于正面开口中并附接于该外壳。In another embodiment, a portable computing device is disclosed. The portable computing device may include a single-piece housing having a front opening. The single-piece housing may include an integral bottom wall and side walls that, together with the front opening, help form a cavity. The bottom wall of the housing may have a substantially flat inner surface surrounded by a plurality of recesses in a peripheral edge portion. Components may be mounted directly to the substantially flat inner surface of the bottom wall, and at least one other component may be mounted in a recess in the peripheral edge portion. A display system and a transparent cover may be disposed in the front opening and attached to the housing.

在一个实施例中,公开了一种用于使便携式电子设备的金属合金壳体的外表面成形的装置。该装置包括切削工具,其具有用于打磨金属合金壳体的区域的至少三个切削表面。该装置还包括计算机数控(CNC)定位组件,被配置为按恒定的转速使切削工具旋转并按恒定的平移速度沿预定的连续路径接触旋转的切削工具来打磨该金属合金壳体。该切削工具的至少三个切削表面包括第一平坦切削表面、弯曲的凸状切削表面以及第二平坦切削表面。该第一平坦切削表面与切削工具的颈体最接近,并在金属合金壳体的顶部上使平坦边缘区域成形。该弯曲的凸状切削表面邻近于第一平坦切削表面,并使金属合金壳体的弯曲边缘区域成形。该第二平坦切削表面位于切削工具底部,邻近于弯曲的凸状切削表面,并使金属合金壳体的平坦底部区域成形。该预定的连续路径包括用于使金属合金壳体的平坦边缘区域成形的连续螺旋状路径,以及用于使金属合金壳体的平坦底部区域成形的连续锯齿形路径。连续螺旋状路径的相邻环路 (circuit)之间的间距基于金属合金壳体表面的截面的曲率而变化。In one embodiment, a device for shaping the outer surface of a metal alloy shell of a portable electronic device is disclosed. The device includes a cutting tool having at least three cutting surfaces for grinding an area of the metal alloy shell. The device also includes a computer numerical control (CNC) positioning assembly configured to rotate the cutting tool at a constant speed and contact the rotating cutting tool along a predetermined continuous path at a constant translation speed to grind the metal alloy shell. The at least three cutting surfaces of the cutting tool include a first flat cutting surface, a curved convex cutting surface, and a second flat cutting surface. The first flat cutting surface is closest to the neck of the cutting tool and shapes the flat edge area on the top of the metal alloy shell. The curved convex cutting surface is adjacent to the first flat cutting surface and shapes the curved edge area of the metal alloy shell. The second flat cutting surface is located at the bottom of the cutting tool, adjacent to the curved convex cutting surface, and shapes the flat bottom area of the metal alloy shell. The predetermined continuous path includes a continuous spiral path for shaping the flat edge area of the metal alloy shell, and a continuous zigzag path for shaping the flat bottom area of the metal alloy shell. The spacing between adjacent circuits of the continuous helical path varies based on the curvature of the cross-section of the metal alloy housing surface.

在一个实施例中,一种用于使便携式电子设备的金属合金壳体的外表面成形的装置包括钟形切削工具和计算机数控(CNC)定位组件。该钟形切削工具包括用于打磨金属合金壳体的不同区域的多个切削表面。该CNC定位组件被配置为按恒定的转速使钟形切削工具旋转并沿预定的路径接触旋转的钟形切削工具来打磨该金属合金壳体。切削工具的相邻的切削表面用于使金属合金壳体的外表面上的相邻的区域成形。In one embodiment, a device for shaping the outer surface of a metal alloy housing for a portable electronic device includes a bell-shaped cutting tool and a computer numerical control (CNC) positioning assembly. The bell-shaped cutting tool includes multiple cutting surfaces for grinding different areas of the metal alloy housing. The CNC positioning assembly is configured to rotate the bell-shaped cutting tool at a constant speed and contact the rotating bell-shaped cutting tool along a predetermined path to grind the metal alloy housing. Adjacent cutting surfaces of the cutting tool are used to shape adjacent areas on the outer surface of the metal alloy housing.

在一个实施例中,一种用于加工便携式电子设备的金属合金壳体的边缘表面和底部表面的方法至少包括如下步骤。第一步骤包括通过沿第一预定的连续螺旋状路径紧靠边缘表面地接触旋转的切削工具来打磨该金属合金壳体的边缘表面。第二步骤包括对于连续螺旋状路径的每个环路,基于金属合金壳体的垂直于沿金属合金壳体表面的连续螺旋状路径方向的最终曲率来调整切削工具垂直移动的节距。第三步骤包括通过紧靠底部表面地沿第二预定的交变 (alternating)方向直线路径接触旋转的切削工具来打磨该金属合金壳体的底部表面。In one embodiment, a method for processing the edge surface and bottom surface of a metal alloy housing for a portable electronic device includes at least the following steps. A first step includes grinding the edge surface of the metal alloy housing by contacting a rotating cutting tool along a first predetermined continuous spiral path in close proximity to the edge surface. A second step includes adjusting the pitch of vertical movement of the cutting tool based on the final curvature of the metal alloy housing perpendicular to the direction of the continuous spiral path along the surface of the metal alloy housing for each loop of the continuous spiral path. A third step includes grinding the bottom surface of the metal alloy housing by contacting the rotating cutting tool along a second predetermined alternating direction linear path in close proximity to the bottom surface.

公开了一种扁平物体弹出器组件,其包括下述的:受力机构,被布置以沿第一轴接收力(Finput);以及扁平物体弹出器包括:具有接收区域的托盘,适用于支撑扁平物体;托盘接触区域,布置为接收弹出力(Feject),该弹出力使托盘的至少一部分在弹出事件后露出;以及与支点机械附接的臂。该臂在臂输入位置处接收来自受力机构的力(Farm),并且施加于臂输入位置处的力(Farm)产生杠杆动作,以利用弹出力(Feject)将该臂的弹出末端驱动至托盘接触区域,以使力(Finput)启动弹出事件,导致托盘和所支撑的扁平物体沿不同于第一轴的第二轴的方向移动,以便部分地将托盘的一部分露出。A flat object ejector assembly is disclosed, comprising: a force receiving mechanism arranged to receive a force (F input ) along a first axis; and a flat object ejector comprising: a tray having a receiving area adapted to support a flat object; a tray contact area arranged to receive an ejection force (F eject ) that causes at least a portion of the tray to be exposed following an ejection event; and an arm mechanically attached to a fulcrum. The arm receives a force (F arm ) from the force receiving mechanism at an arm input location, and the force (F arm ) applied at the arm input location generates a lever action to drive an ejection end of the arm to the tray contact area using the ejection force (F eject ), so that the force (F input ) initiates an ejection event, causing the tray and the supported flat object to move along a second axis different from the first axis to partially expose a portion of the tray.

设置于外壳内的扁平物体弹出器组件具有包括第一正交向量的急剧弯曲的表面,扁平物体弹出器组件被配置为基本平行于第一正交向量地接收弹出工具,使得该扁平物体弹出器组件部分地将扁平物体从外壳的急剧弯曲的表面以与第一正交向量不共线的角度弹出,其中该弹出工具使得该弹出器机构绕单个轴旋转,以使得部分地弹出扁平物体。A flat object ejector assembly disposed within the housing has a sharply curved surface including a first orthogonal vector, the flat object ejector assembly being configured to receive an ejection tool substantially parallel to the first orthogonal vector such that the flat object ejector assembly partially ejects a flat object from the sharply curved surface of the housing at an angle that is non-collinear with the first orthogonal vector, wherein the ejection tool causes the ejector mechanism to rotate about a single axis to partially eject the flat object.

在一个实施例中,公开了一种便携式电子设备中的装置。该装置包括至少第一枢轴元件、第二枢轴元件以及泡沫元件。该第一枢轴元件被布置为在第一枢轴元件的凹形接受区域中通过便携式电子设备的壳体中的第一开口接收弹出工具。该第一枢轴元件被布置为绕第一旋转轴旋转,从而使第一枢轴元件的圆柱形部分接触第二枢轴元件的弯曲部分,由此使该第二枢轴元件移位。该第二枢轴元件被布置为响应于与第一枢轴元件的接触,绕第二旋转轴旋转,并且使第二枢轴元件的板状部分接触该壳体中所包封的扁平物体。该第二枢轴元件的板状部分在绕第二旋转轴旋转时,使该扁平物体通过便携式电子设备的壳体中的第二开口向外移位。邻近于壳体中的该第二枢轴元件而设置的泡沫元件被布置以将第二枢轴元件转回中性位置。In one embodiment, a device for a portable electronic device is disclosed. The device includes at least a first pivot element, a second pivot element, and a foam element. The first pivot element is arranged to receive an ejection tool through a first opening in the housing of the portable electronic device within a concave receiving area of the first pivot element. The first pivot element is arranged to rotate about a first rotational axis, thereby causing a cylindrical portion of the first pivot element to contact a curved portion of a second pivot element, thereby displacing the second pivot element. The second pivot element is arranged to rotate about a second rotational axis in response to contact with the first pivot element, causing a plate-like portion of the second pivot element to contact a flat object enclosed in the housing. The plate-like portion of the second pivot element, when rotated about the second rotational axis, displaces the flat object outward through a second opening in the housing of the portable electronic device. A foam element disposed adjacent to the second pivot element in the housing is arranged to return the second pivot element to a neutral position.

在一个实施例中,公开了一种移动设备中的装置,用于弹出其中初始包含的扁平物体。该装置被布置以沿第一轴接收弹出工具并沿第二轴弹出该扁平物体。该第一和第二轴互不平行。在一个实施例中,该装置包括第一枢轴元件,其被布置以接收该弹出工具并绕第一旋转轴旋转,从而接触并移位第二枢轴元件。该第二枢轴元件被布置以响应于与第一枢轴元件的接触,绕第二旋转轴旋转。该第二枢轴元件包括板状元件,其接触该扁平物体并将扁平物体至少部分地从移动设备中弹出。在一个实施例中,该装置包括邻近于该第二枢轴元件而设置的泡沫元件。该泡沫元件在弹出扁平物体时在第二枢轴元件的旋转下压缩,并且在移除弹出工具时去压缩(decompress),使第二枢轴元件返回到中性位置。In one embodiment, a device in a mobile device is disclosed for ejecting a flat object initially contained therein. The device is arranged to receive an ejection tool along a first axis and eject the flat object along a second axis. The first and second axes are not parallel to each other. In one embodiment, the device includes a first pivot element, which is arranged to receive the ejection tool and rotate about a first rotational axis, thereby contacting and displacing a second pivot element. The second pivot element is arranged to rotate about a second rotational axis in response to contact with the first pivot element. The second pivot element includes a plate-like element, which contacts the flat object and ejects the flat object at least partially from the mobile device. In one embodiment, the device includes a foam element arranged adjacent to the second pivot element. The foam element is compressed under the rotation of the second pivot element when the flat object is ejected, and decompressed when the ejection tool is removed, causing the second pivot element to return to a neutral position.

附图说明BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS

通过结合附图的以下的详细描述将容易地理解实施例,其中相同的附图标记指示相同的结构元件,且其中:The embodiments will be readily understood by the following detailed description taken in conjunction with the accompanying drawings, in which like reference numerals designate like structural elements, and in which:

图1A示出了根据所描述实施例的便携式计算设备的顶视图。FIG. 1A illustrates a top view of a portable computing device in accordance with the described embodiments.

图1B示出了根据所描述实施例的便携式计算设备的顶部透视图。1B illustrates a top perspective view of a portable computing device in accordance with the described embodiments.

图2示出了根据所描述实施例的外壳的外部的透视图。FIG. 2 shows a perspective view of the exterior of a housing according to the described embodiment.

图3A示出了根据所描述实施例的外壳的内部的简化顶视图。3A shows a simplified top view of the interior of a housing in accordance with the described embodiments.

图3B示出了根据所描述实施例的外壳的内部的透视图。3B shows a perspective view of the interior of a housing, according to the described embodiments.

图4A示出了根据所描述实施例的外壳的一角的透视图。4A shows a perspective view of a corner of a housing in accordance with the described embodiments.

图4B示出了根据所描述实施例的用于将拐角托架附接至外壳的层叠结构。4B shows a stack-up structure for attaching a corner bracket to a housing, according to the described embodiments.

图5A示出了根据所描述实施例的包括壁架下部的外壳的一侧的透视图。5A shows a perspective view of a side of a housing including a lower portion of a ledge, according to the described embodiments.

图5B示出了根据所描述实施例的并入板簧作为锁紧机构的设备附接部件的透视图。5B illustrates a perspective view of a device attachment component incorporating a leaf spring as a locking mechanism, in accordance with the described embodiments.

图6示出了根据所描述实施例的包括用于RF天线窗的缺口的外壳的一侧的透视图。6 shows a perspective view of a side of a housing including a cutout for an RF antenna window in accordance with the described embodiments.

图7A和图7B示出了根据所描述实施例的显示用于将盖体与外壳耦接的机构的侧视图。7A and 7B illustrate side views showing a mechanism for coupling a cover to a housing, according to the described embodiments.

图8示出了根据所描述实施例的徽标层叠结构的侧视图。FIG8 shows a side view of a logo stackup in accordance with the described embodiments.

图9示出了根据所描述实施例的形成用于便携式设备的外壳的方法。FIG. 9 illustrates a method of forming a housing for a portable device in accordance with the described embodiments.

图10为根据所描述实施例的由便携式电子设备所利用的功能模块的布置的框图。10 is a block diagram of an arrangement of functional modules utilized by a portable electronic device in accordance with the described embodiments.

图11为适用于所描述实施例的电子设备的框图。11 is a block diagram of an electronic device suitable for use with the described embodiments.

图12示出了根据所描述实施例的安装于外壳的天线窗的透视图。12 illustrates a perspective view of an antenna window mounted to a housing in accordance with the described embodiments.

图13A-13C示出了根据优选实施例的天线层叠结构的侧视图。13A-13C illustrate side views of an antenna stack-up structure according to a preferred embodiment.

图14示出了用于将盖体接合于外壳的层叠结构的侧视图。FIG. 14 shows a side view of a stacked structure for joining a cover to a housing.

图15A和图15B示出了根据所描述实施例的位于外壳的外边缘附近的天线层叠结构的透视图。15A and 15B illustrate perspective views of an antenna stackup located near an outer edge of a housing in accordance with the described embodiments.

图16为根据所描述实施例的扬声器组件的透视图。16 is a perspective view of a speaker assembly in accordance with the described embodiment.

图17示出了根据所描述实施例的显示器层叠结构的侧视图。FIG. 17 shows a side view of a display stack-up structure in accordance with the described embodiments.

图18A和图18B示出了根据所描述实施例的产生用于便携式设备的天线层叠结构的方法。18A and 18B illustrate a method of producing an antenna stack-up structure for a portable device according to the described embodiments.

图19示出了根据所描述实施例的便携式计算设备的顶视图。FIG. 19 illustrates a top view of a portable computing device in accordance with the described embodiments.

图20示出了根据所描述实施例的便携式计算设备的顶部透视图。FIG. 20 illustrates a top perspective view of a portable computing device in accordance with the described embodiments.

图21示出了根据所描述实施例的便携式计算设备的底部透视图。FIG. 21 illustrates a bottom perspective view of a portable computing device in accordance with the described embodiments.

图22为根据所描述实施例的便携式计算设备的外壳的内部视图的透视图。22 is a perspective view of an interior view of a housing of a portable computing device in accordance with the described embodiments.

图23展示了根据所描述实施例的便携式计算设备的顶端内部视图,其示出各种内部元件的具体布置。23 illustrates a top interior view of a portable computing device showing the detailed arrangement of various internal components in accordance with the described embodiments.

图24示出了一种实施例。FIG. 24 shows an embodiment.

图25示出了沿图24的线AA的截面。FIG. 25 shows a cross section along line AA of FIG. 24 .

图26示出了沿图27的线BB的截面。FIG. 26 shows a cross section along line BB of FIG. 27 .

图27示出了另一种实施例。FIG. 27 shows another embodiment.

图28示出了根据所描述实施例的便携式计算设备的主要元件的分解透视图。FIG28 shows an exploded perspective view of the major elements of a portable computing device in accordance with the described embodiments.

图29示出了根据所描述实施例的扬声器模块的更详细的视图。FIG. 29 shows a more detailed view of a speaker module in accordance with the described embodiments.

图30示出了根据所描述实施例的通过便携式计算设备的盖体玻璃安装的按钮组件的截面透视图。30 illustrates a cross-sectional perspective view of a button assembly mounted through the cover glass of a portable computing device in accordance with the described embodiments.

图31示出了图30的按钮组件的一部分的顶视图。FIG31 illustrates a top view of a portion of the button assembly of FIG30.

图32为具有用于照相机模块的对齐销的显示器的一部分的侧视图。32 is a side view of a portion of a display with alignment pins for a camera module.

图33为照相机模块的顶部平面图。FIG33 is a top plan view of a camera module.

图34为照相机模块以及与其耦接的挠性连接器的一部分的侧视图。34 is a side view of a portion of a camera module and a flexible connector coupled thereto.

图35示出了对根据所描述实施例的过程进行详细描述的流程图。FIG35 shows a flow chart describing in detail a process according to the described embodiment.

图36示出了用于包括成形的几何边缘的便携式电子设备的壳体的简化截面侧视图。36 shows a simplified cross-sectional side view of a case for a portable electronic device including shaped geometric edges.

图37示出了用于使图36的壳体的外表面成形的切削工具的简化截面。FIG37 shows a simplified cross-section of a cutting tool used to shape the outer surface of the housing of FIG36.

图38A-38D示出了用于使图36的壳体的外表面的不同区域成形的切削工具的不同部分的定位。38A-38D illustrate the positioning of different portions of the cutting tool used to shape different areas of the exterior surface of the housing of FIG. 36 .

图39示出了在使图36的壳体的外表面成形时对于螺旋状路径的连续环路的切削工具的中心的垂直路径。39 shows the vertical path of the center of the cutting tool for a continuous loop of helical paths when shaping the outer surface of the housing of FIG. 36 .

图40示出了在使图36的壳体的外表面成形时对于螺旋状路径的连续环路的可变的间距。FIG. 40 illustrates the variable pitch of successive loops for a helical path when shaping the outer surface of the housing of FIG. 36 .

图41示出了图40的螺旋状路径的连续环路的一部分的顶视图。FIG. 41 shows a top view of a portion of the continuous loop of the helical path of FIG. 40 .

图42示出了对于一个区域的螺旋状路径的一部分和对于图36的壳体的外表面的第二区域的锯齿状路径的一部分。FIG. 42 shows a portion of a helical path for one region and a portion of a zigzag path for a second region of the outer surface of the housing of FIG. 36 .

图43示出了用于使图36的壳体的外表面成形的代表性方法。FIG. 43 illustrates a representative method for shaping the exterior surface of the housing of FIG. 36 .

图44A示出了包括可移除滑动托盘的移动设备的顶视图。44A illustrates a top view of a mobile device including a removable sliding tray.

图44B示出了图44A的移动设备的正视图。FIG44B illustrates a front view of the mobile device of FIG44A .

图44C示出了图44A的移动设备的透视图。FIG44C illustrates a perspective view of the mobile device of FIG44A .

图45A示出了包括可移除滑动托盘的另一种移动设备的顶视图。45A illustrates a top view of another mobile device including a removable sliding tray.

图45B示出了图44A的移动设备的正视图。FIG45B illustrates a front view of the mobile device of FIG44A .

图45C示出了图44A的移动设备的透视图。FIG45C illustrates a perspective view of the mobile device of FIG44A .

图45D示出了图44A的移动设备的一种变形的透视图。FIG45D shows a perspective view of a variation of the mobile device of FIG44A.

图46示出了根据所描述实施例的扁平物体弹出器组件的一个实施例的部分透视图。46 illustrates a partial perspective view of one embodiment of a flat object ejector assembly according to the described embodiments.

图47示出了从另一角度的图46的实施例的全部透视图。FIG. 47 shows a full perspective view of the embodiment of FIG. 46 from another angle.

图48A、图48B和图48C示出了图46的实施例的分解图,其显示了该实施例的不同的截面图。48A, 48B, and 48C illustrate exploded views of the embodiment of FIG. 46 showing different cross-sectional views of the embodiment.

图49示出了根据所描述实施例的扁平物体弹出器组件的第二实施例的透视图。49 illustrates a perspective view of a second embodiment of a flat object ejector assembly in accordance with the described embodiments.

图50从另一角度示出了图49的实施例的透视图。FIG50 shows a perspective view of the embodiment of FIG49 from another angle.

图51A、图51B和图51C示出了图50的实施例的分解图,其显示了该实施例的不同的截面图。51A, 51B, and 51C illustrate exploded views of the embodiment of FIG. 50 showing different cross-sectional views of the embodiment.

图52示出了根据所描述实施例的扁平物体弹出器组件的第三实施例的透视图。52 illustrates a perspective view of a third embodiment of a flat object ejector assembly in accordance with the described embodiments.

图53从另一角度示出了图52的实施例的透视图。FIG53 shows a perspective view of the embodiment of FIG52 from another angle.

图54A、图54B和图54C示出了图49的实施例的分解图,其显示了该实施例的不同的截面图。54A, 54B, and 54C illustrate exploded views of the embodiment of FIG. 49 showing different cross-sectional views of the embodiment.

图55示出了详细描述用于在移动设备中安装扁平物体弹出器的制造过程的流程图。55 shows a flow chart detailing a manufacturing process for installing a flat object ejector in a mobile device.

图56示出了对根据所描述实施例的弹出过程进行详细描述的流程图。FIG. 56 shows a flow chart describing in detail the ejection process according to the described embodiment.

图57示出了从移动设备弹出滑动托盘的代表性装置的简化顶视图。57 illustrates a simplified top view of a representative apparatus for ejecting a sliding tray from a mobile device.

图58示出了图57的装置的透视图。FIG. 58 shows a perspective view of the device of FIG. 57 .

图59示出了图57的装置的第二透视图。FIG. 59 shows a second perspective view of the device of FIG. 57 .

图60示出了图57的装置的底视图。FIG. 60 shows a bottom view of the device of FIG. 57 .

图61示出了图57的装置的选择元件的详细的正面分解透视图。Figure 61 shows a detailed front exploded perspective view of select elements of the device of Figure 57.

图62示出了图57的装置的选择元件的详细的背面分解透视图。Figure 62 shows a detailed rear exploded perspective view of select elements of the device of Figure 57.

图63示出了组装在一起的图62和图63的选择元件的正视图和后视图。Figure 63 shows a front view and a rear view of the selection elements of Figures 62 and 63 assembled together.

图64示出了组装在一起的图61和图62的选择元件的左侧视图和右侧视图。Figure 64 shows left and right side views of the selection elements of Figures 61 and 62 assembled together.

图65示出了在中性(neutral)“原始(home)”位置中的组装在一起的图 61和图62的选择元件的透视图。Figure 65 shows a perspective view of the selection elements of Figures 61 and 62 assembled together in a neutral "home" position.

图66示出了在“弹出”位置中的组装在一起的图61和图62的选择元件的透视图。Figure 66 shows a perspective view of the assembled selection elements of Figures 61 and 62 in the "pop-up" position.

具体实施方式DETAILED DESCRIPTION

在下文中,陈述了许多具体的细节以便彻底理解成为所描述实施例的基础的概念。然而本领域技术人员将明白,所描述的实施例在没有某些或全部这些具体细节的情况下仍可被实现。在其它示例中,并未详尽地描述公知的过程的步骤,以避免不必要地模糊基本概念。In the following, numerous specific details are set forth to provide a thorough understanding of the concepts underlying the described embodiments. However, those skilled in the art will appreciate that the described embodiments can still be practiced without some or all of these specific details. In other instances, steps of well-known processes are not described in detail to avoid unnecessarily obscuring the underlying concepts.

本文讨论了一种美观的便携式计算设备,其易于单手携带并用另一只手进行操作。该便携式计算设备可由单件外壳和美观的保护性顶层形成,该保护性顶层可由许多坚固耐用并透明的材料(例如高抛光玻璃或塑料)中的任一种形成。然而,对于本文讨论的其余部分,在不失一般性的情况下,该保护性顶层可采用高抛光盖体玻璃的形式。此外,由于(不像传统的便携式计算设备)盖体玻璃可在不使用玻璃框(bezel)的情况下被安装至单件外壳,因而该便携式计算设备外观的一致性可被增强。这种设计的简单可为便携式计算设备产生除那些与美学的外观和感觉相关的优点之外的许多优点。例如便携式计算设备的组装可以需要更少的元件和更少的时间和精力,并且无缝的单件外壳可为内部元件提供优良的保护而免受环境污染。此外,便携式计算设备成功耐受所施加负载(例如由于每天的使用)以及对频率较低但可能更具破坏性的事件(如被掉落)的耐受的能力可在传统便携式计算设备之上得到实质增强。This article discusses an aesthetically pleasing portable computing device that is easy to carry with one hand and operate with the other. The portable computing device can be formed from a single-piece housing and an aesthetically pleasing protective top layer, which can be formed from any of a number of durable and transparent materials, such as highly polished glass or plastic. However, for the remainder of the discussion herein, without loss of generality, the protective top layer can take the form of a highly polished cover glass. Furthermore, because the cover glass can be mounted to the single-piece housing without a bezel (unlike conventional portable computing devices), the uniformity of the portable computing device's appearance can be enhanced. This simplicity of design can yield numerous advantages for the portable computing device beyond those related to its aesthetic look and feel. For example, assembly of the portable computing device can require fewer components and less time and effort, and the seamless single-piece housing can provide excellent protection for internal components from environmental contaminants. Furthermore, the portable computing device's ability to successfully withstand applied loads (e.g., due to everyday use) as well as less frequent but potentially more damaging events (such as being dropped) can be substantially enhanced over conventional portable computing devices.

在所描述的实施例中,单件外壳可由塑料或金属形成。在单件外壳由金属形成的情况下,金属(例如铝)可采用单张板材的形式。该单张金属板材可被形成为适合于收容各种内部元件并提供各种开口的形状,开关、连接器、显示器等等可被容纳到该开口中。该单件外壳可被锻造、浇铸或用其它形式处理成所希望的形状。在一个实施例中,坯段材料(例如矩形坯的材料)可被加工以形成单件外壳。In the described embodiments, the single-piece housing can be formed from plastic or metal. Where the single-piece housing is formed from metal, the metal (e.g., aluminum) can be in the form of a single sheet. The single sheet of metal can be formed into a shape suitable for housing the various internal components and providing various openings into which switches, connectors, displays, etc. can be accommodated. The single-piece housing can be forged, cast, or otherwise processed into the desired shape. In one embodiment, a billet of material (e.g., a rectangular billet of material) can be machined to form the single-piece housing.

选择金属作为外壳材料使用的一个缺点在于,金属通常对于无线电信号是不透明的。因此,选择金属材料作为外壳会影响天线的设置,即,天线需要设置于外壳的无线电信号不被周边的无线电不透明材料所阻挡的位置中。选择金属作为外壳的一个优点在于,金属能够为任何需要良好的接地平面的内部元件提供良好的电气接地。例如,当提供了良好的接地平面时,可充分提高内置的 RF天线性能。而且,良好的接地平面可用于帮助减轻由于例如电磁干扰(EMI) 和/或静电放电(ESD)所引起的有害影响。但是,如果RF天线存在于外壳内部,则外壳(如果是金属)的一部分可被专用于无线电透明部分。One disadvantage of using metal as the housing material is that it is generally opaque to radio signals. Therefore, choosing a metal material for the housing affects the placement of the antenna; that is, the antenna needs to be located within the housing so that radio signals are not blocked by surrounding radio-opaque materials. An advantage of choosing metal as the housing is that it can provide a good electrical ground for any internal components that require a good ground plane. For example, when a good ground plane is provided, the performance of a built-in RF antenna can be significantly improved. Furthermore, a good ground plane can help mitigate harmful effects caused by, for example, electromagnetic interference (EMI) and/or electrostatic discharge (ESD). However, if the RF antenna is located inside the housing, a portion of the housing (if metal) can be dedicated to the radio-transparent portion.

外壳的形状可为不对称的,因为外壳的上部可被形成为具有完全不同于外壳下部所表现的形状的形状。例如外壳的上部可具有满足形成轮廓分明的边缘的独特角度的表面,而该下部可被形成为具有基本平坦的底部表面。具有独特边缘的上部与基本平坦的下部之间的过渡区域可采用具有圆形的边缘的形式,其既提供来自外壳上部(即独特边缘的区域)的自然变化,又提供由外壳下部所呈现的更平滑表面。应当注意,除了提供更为美观的过渡之外,当用户将其握在手中时,不管是正在使用还是仅仅拿在手上,过渡区域中的圆形边缘都可提供更加舒适的感觉。使用金属作为外壳的一个优点在于,金属能够为任何需要良好的接地平面的内部元件提供良好的电气接地。例如,当提供了良好的接地平面时,可充分提高内置的RF天线性能。而且,良好的接地平面可用于帮助减轻由于例如电磁干扰(EMI)和/或静电放电(ESD)所引起的有害影响。但是,如果RF天线存在于外壳内部,则外壳(如果是金属)的至少一部分可被专用于无线电透明部分。The shape of the housing can be asymmetrical, in that the upper portion of the housing can be formed to have a shape that is completely different from the shape exhibited by the lower portion of the housing. For example, the upper portion of the housing can have a surface that meets a distinct angle to form a well-defined edge, while the lower portion can be formed to have a substantially flat bottom surface. The transition area between the upper portion with the distinct edge and the substantially flat lower portion can take the form of a rounded edge, which provides both a natural transition from the upper portion of the housing (i.e., the region of the distinct edge) and a smoother surface presented by the lower portion of the housing. It should be noted that in addition to providing a more aesthetically pleasing transition, the rounded edge in the transition area can also provide a more comfortable feel when the user holds the device in their hand, whether in use or simply holding it. One advantage of using metal for the housing is that metal can provide a good electrical ground for any internal components that require a good ground plane. For example, when a good ground plane is provided, the performance of a built-in RF antenna can be significantly improved. Furthermore, a good ground plane can help mitigate harmful effects caused by, for example, electromagnetic interference (EMI) and/or electrostatic discharge (ESD). However, if the RF antenna is present inside the housing, at least a portion of the housing (if metal) may be dedicated to the radio transparent portion.

应当注意,在随后的讨论中,始终使用术语“CNC”。缩写“CNC”代表计算机数控,并特别指的是读取计算机指令并驱动机械工具(动力机械设备,典型地用于通过对材料的选择性去除来制造元件)的计算机控制器。然而应当注意,可使用任意合适的加工操作来实现所描述的实施例,而不是严格地限制于那些 CNC相关的实施方法。It should be noted that in the following discussion, the term "CNC" is used throughout. The abbreviation "CNC" stands for computer numerical control and specifically refers to a computer controller that reads computer instructions and drives a machine tool (a powered mechanical device typically used to manufacture components through the selective removal of material). However, it should be noted that the described embodiments can be implemented using any suitable machining operations and are not strictly limited to those related to CNC.

下面参考图1-66讨论这些和其它实施例。然而,本领域技术人员将容易理解,本文所给出的与这些附图相关的具体描述仅出于解释的目的而不应被解释为限制。实现在广泛的操作条件下提供一致的无线性能的无线解决方案可以包括考虑便携式设备的每个元件的相对的无线电透明性或不透明性、元件相对于彼此的布局以及每个元件的生成可干扰无线接收的信号的能力。因此,首先,在描述无线解决方案的特定特征之前,参考图1A-3B 对便携式计算设备的特征 (包括影响无线解决方案的特征)进行了大体的描述。These and other embodiments are discussed below with reference to Figures 1-66. However, those skilled in the art will readily appreciate that the detailed description given herein with respect to these figures is for illustrative purposes only and should not be construed as limiting. Implementing a wireless solution that provides consistent wireless performance under a wide range of operating conditions can include considering the relative radio transparency or opacity of each component of the portable device, the layout of the components relative to each other, and the ability of each component to generate signals that can interfere with wireless reception. Therefore, first, before describing specific features of the wireless solution, a general description of the characteristics of the portable computing device (including those that affect the wireless solution) is provided with reference to Figures 1A-3B.

图1A示出了便携式计算设备100的具体实施例。更特别地,图1A示出了完全组装后的便携式计算设备100的完整顶视图。便携式计算设备100可处理数据,更特别是媒体数据,例如音频、视频、图像等。举例而言,便携式计算设备100通常可对应于一种设备,该设备可执行作为音乐播放器、游戏机、视频播放器、个人数字助理(PDA)、平板计算机和/或其它。在手持式方面,便携式计算设备100能够由用户拿在一只手中,同时由用户的另一只手操作(即不需要基准表面,如桌面)。例如,用户可将便携式计算设备100拿在一只手中,而用另一只手通过例如操作音量开关、锁定开关或通过向触敏表面(如显示器或平板)提供输入来操作便携式计算设备100。该设备还可以在其被搁在表面(如桌子)上时被操作。FIG1A illustrates a specific embodiment of a portable computing device 100. More specifically, FIG1A illustrates a top view of the fully assembled portable computing device 100. The portable computing device 100 can process data, more specifically media data such as audio, video, images, and the like. For example, the portable computing device 100 can generally correspond to a device that can function as a music player, a game console, a video player, a personal digital assistant (PDA), a tablet computer, and/or the like. In a handheld configuration, the portable computing device 100 can be held in one hand by a user while being operated by the user's other hand (i.e., without requiring a reference surface, such as a desktop). For example, a user can hold the portable computing device 100 in one hand and use the other hand to operate the portable computing device 100 by, for example, operating a volume switch, a lock switch, or providing input to a touch-sensitive surface (such as a display or tablet). The device can also be operated while resting on a surface (such as a table).

便携式计算设备100可包括单件外壳102,其可由任意数量的可被锻造、浇铸、加工或用其它形式处理成所期望的形状的材料(例如塑料或金属)形成。在便携式计算设备100具有金属外壳并包含基于RF的功能性的那些情况下,将外壳102的至少一部分设置为具有无线电(或RF)透明材料(如陶瓷或塑料) 的形式可以是有利的。参考图2、图3和图6更详细地描述了包括无线电透明部分的外壳的示例。The portable computing device 100 may include a single-piece housing 102 that may be formed from any number of materials (e.g., plastic or metal) that can be forged, cast, machined, or otherwise processed into a desired shape. In those cases where the portable computing device 100 has a metal housing and includes RF-based functionality, it may be advantageous to provide at least a portion of the housing 102 with a radio (or RF) transparent material (e.g., ceramic or plastic). Examples of housings including radio-transparent portions are described in more detail with reference to FIG. 2 , FIG. 3 , and FIG. 6 .

在任一种情况下,外壳102可被配置为至少部分地包封与便携式计算设备 100相关的任意合适数量的内部元件。例如,外壳102可包封并支撑内部各种结构和电气元件(包括集成电路芯片和其它电路)以便为便携式计算设备提供计算操作。该集成电路可采用芯片、芯片组、模块的形式,芯片、芯片组、模块中的任一者可被表面安装于印刷电路板或PCB或其它支撑结构。例如,主逻辑板(MLB)可具有安装于其上的集成电路,该集成电路可至少包括微处理器、半导体(例如FLASH)存储器、各种支持电路等。In either case, the housing 102 can be configured to at least partially enclose any suitable number of internal components associated with the portable computing device 100. For example, the housing 102 can enclose and support various internal structures and electrical components (including integrated circuit chips and other circuits) to provide computing operations for the portable computing device. The integrated circuits can take the form of chips, chipsets, or modules, any of which can be surface-mounted on a printed circuit board (PCB) or other supporting structure. For example, a main logic board (MLB) can have an integrated circuit mounted thereon, which can include at least a microprocessor, semiconductor (e.g., FLASH) memory, various supporting circuits, and the like.

外壳102可包括用于放置内部元件的开口104,且可被确定尺寸为容纳适合于例如通过显示器为用户提供至少视觉内容的系统或显示器组件。在某些情况下,显示器系统可包括触敏能力,其为用户提供通过使用触摸输入向便携式计算设备100提供触觉输入的能力。该显示系统可与盖体106分离地形成和安装。盖体106可由聚碳酸酯或其它合适的塑料或高抛光玻璃形成。通过使用高抛光玻璃,盖体106可采用盖体玻璃的形式,其基本充满开口104。边框压条108 可用于形成盖体玻璃106与外壳102之间的衬垫(gasket)。边框压条108可用弹性材料(例如热塑性聚氨酯或TPU系列的塑料)形成。通过这种方式,边框压条108可提供保护以防止环境污染物进入便携式计算设备100内部。The housing 102 may include an opening 104 for placing internal components and may be sized to accommodate a system or display assembly suitable for providing at least visual content to a user, such as via a display. In some cases, the display system may include touch-sensitive capabilities that provide the user with the ability to provide tactile input to the portable computing device 100 using touch input. The display system may be formed and mounted separately from the cover 106. The cover 106 may be formed from polycarbonate or other suitable plastic or high-polish glass. By using high-polish glass, the cover 106 may take the form of cover glass that substantially fills the opening 104. A frame bead 108 may be used to form a gasket between the cover glass 106 and the housing 102. The frame bead 108 may be formed from an elastic material, such as a thermoplastic polyurethane or TPU family of plastics. In this way, the frame bead 108 may provide protection from environmental contaminants that enter the interior of the portable computing device 100.

尽管未示出,但可使用盖体玻璃106下方的显示面板,以利用任意合适的显示技术(例如LCD、LED、OLED或电子墨水(e墨水)等)来显示图像。在一个实施例中,显示器组件和盖体玻璃可作为集成的单元被提供,以便安装至外壳中。在另一实施例中,显示器组件和盖体玻璃106可被分离地安装。Although not shown, a display panel under the cover glass 106 can be used to display images using any suitable display technology, such as LCD, LED, OLED, or electronic ink (e-ink). In one embodiment, the display assembly and cover glass can be provided as an integrated unit for installation into the housing. In another embodiment, the display assembly and cover glass 106 can be installed separately.

显示器组件可利用各种机构被设置并固定在空腔中。在一个实施例中,显示器组件和外壳102可包括用于接收固定件的对齐点。该固定件可用于精确地将显示器组件与外壳对齐。在一个实施例中,在显示器组件与外壳对齐之后,可利用紧固件将其固定于外壳102。The display assembly can be positioned and secured within the cavity using a variety of mechanisms. In one embodiment, the display assembly and housing 102 can include alignment points for receiving fasteners. The fasteners can be used to precisely align the display assembly with the housing. In one embodiment, after the display assembly is aligned with the housing, it can be secured to the housing 102 using fasteners.

便携式计算设备100可包括多个机械控制,其用于控制或修改便携式计算设备100的某些功能。例如电力开关114可用于手动地使便携式计算设备100 通电或断电。静音按钮116可用于将由便携式计算设备100提供的任何音频输出进行静音,而音量开关118可用于增大/减小由便携式计算设备100输出的音频的音量。应当注意,上述各个输入机构均典型地被布置通过外壳102中的开口,以使其能够与内部元件耦接。在某些实施例中,便携式计算设备100可包括图像捕获模块98,其被配置为提供静态或视频图像。该布局可广泛地变化,并可包括一个或更多个位置(包括例如设备的正面和背面),即一个通过背部外壳,另一个通过显示窗口。The portable computing device 100 may include a plurality of mechanical controls for controlling or modifying certain functions of the portable computing device 100. For example, a power switch 114 may be used to manually power the portable computing device 100 on or off. A mute button 116 may be used to mute any audio output provided by the portable computing device 100, while a volume switch 118 may be used to increase/decrease the volume of the audio output by the portable computing device 100. It should be noted that each of the above-mentioned input mechanisms is typically arranged through an opening in the housing 102 so that it can be coupled to internal components. In some embodiments, the portable computing device 100 may include an image capture module 98 that is configured to provide still or video images. This layout may vary widely and may include one or more locations (including, for example, the front and back of the device), i.e., one through the back housing and another through the display window.

便携式计算设备100可包括用于无线通信的机构,作为收发器类型设备或仅仅接收器(如收音机),便携式计算设备100可包括可设置于外壳102的无线电透明部分内部的天线。在其它实施例中,外壳102的一部分可替换为以下将更详细地描述的天线窗形式的无线电透明材料。在某些实施例中,天线可在盖体玻璃106的下方。无线电透明材料可包括例如塑料、陶瓷等。无线通信可基于许多不同的无线协议,包括如3G、2G、蓝牙、RF、802.11、FM、AM等。可使用任意数量的天线,其可根据系统需求使用单个窗口或多个窗口。The portable computing device 100 may include mechanisms for wireless communication. As a transceiver-type device or simply a receiver (e.g., a radio), the portable computing device 100 may include an antenna that may be disposed within a radio-transparent portion of the housing 102. In other embodiments, a portion of the housing 102 may be replaced with a radio-transparent material in the form of an antenna window, as described in greater detail below. In certain embodiments, the antenna may be located beneath the cover glass 106. The radio-transparent material may include, for example, plastic, ceramic, etc. The wireless communication may be based on many different wireless protocols, including, for example, 3G, 2G, Bluetooth, RF, 802.11, FM, AM, etc. Any number of antennas may be used, and a single window or multiple windows may be used depending on the system requirements.

便携式计算设备可在无线数据网络(例如蜂窝式数据网络)上使用。接入蜂窝式数据网络可要求使用用户识别模块(SIM)或SIM卡。在一个实施例中,设备100可包括允许SIM卡插入或移除的开口110b。在特定实施例中,SIM卡可放在SIM卡托盘上,该SIM卡托盘可从外壳102的一侧伸出。该外壳可包括开口110a,其允许用于SIM卡托盘的弹出器被致动以使得SIM卡托盘从外壳中延伸出。用于SIM卡托盘的开口110a和110b被示出在图3B中。The portable computing device can be used on a wireless data network (e.g., a cellular data network). Accessing the cellular data network may require the use of a subscriber identity module (SIM) or SIM card. In one embodiment, the device 100 may include an opening 110b that allows the SIM card to be inserted or removed. In certain embodiments, the SIM card may be placed on a SIM card tray that may extend from a side of the housing 102. The housing may include an opening 110a that allows an ejector for the SIM card tray to be actuated to extend the SIM card tray from the housing. Openings 110a and 110b for the SIM card tray are shown in FIG. 3B .

图1B示出了根据所描述实施例的便携式计算设备100的顶部透视图。如图 1B所示,便携式计算设备100可包括一个或更多个扬声器,用于输出可听到的声音。由一个或更多个内部扬声器所生成的声音可经由扬声器格栅120穿过外壳102。扬声器格栅的一部分可位于外壳朝下的一侧,以使一部分声音的角度向下。当设备被放置于表面上时,朝下方发出的声音的一部分可被设备所放置的表面反射离开。扬声器格栅120可被形成为冲压通过外壳侧壁的一系列小孔。如下文更详细描述的,侧壁可为弯曲的。FIG1B shows a top perspective view of a portable computing device 100 according to the described embodiment. As shown in FIG1B , the portable computing device 100 may include one or more speakers for outputting audible sound. Sound generated by the one or more internal speakers may pass through the housing 102 via a speaker grille 120. A portion of the speaker grille may be located on a downward-facing side of the housing so that a portion of the sound is angled downward. When the device is placed on a surface, a portion of the sound emitted downward may be reflected away from the surface on which the device is placed. The speaker grille 120 may be formed as a series of small holes punched through the sidewall of the housing. As described in more detail below, the sidewall may be curved.

在一个实施例中,用于对扬声器孔进行冲压或钻孔的钻头可以被定向为使得在每个位置处与表面弯曲近似正交地加工该孔。在某些实例中,可以一次钻出一个以上的孔。例如沿恒定曲率的线的一行中钻出5个孔,使得近似正交于该表面地钻出所有的孔。在一个实施例中,当正在加工孔时,覆盖层可放置于外壳的正面和背面。例如,不锈的板材可放置于外壳外表面之上且塑料垫板可放置于外壳内部之上。该外部和内部盖体可防止由加工过程中产生的材料碎屑引起的对周围外壳的损伤。以这种方式生成孔,可制作平滑表面,而触摸时不会注意孔的存在。In one embodiment, the drill bit used to punch or drill the speaker holes can be oriented so that the hole is machined approximately orthogonal to the curvature of the surface at each location. In some instances, more than one hole can be drilled at a time. For example, 5 holes can be drilled in a row along a line of constant curvature so that all holes are drilled approximately orthogonal to the surface. In one embodiment, while the holes are being machined, a covering layer can be placed on the front and back of the housing. For example, a stainless steel sheet can be placed on the outer surface of the housing and a plastic backing plate can be placed on the inside of the housing. The outer and inner covers can prevent damage to the surrounding housing caused by material debris generated during the machining process. Generating the holes in this way can produce a smooth surface, and the presence of the holes will not be noticed when touched.

在形成扬声器格栅孔之后,可将保护层施加在外壳内表面上,该保护层覆盖该扬声器格栅孔。该保护层可设计为防止环境污染物(例如有可能通过该扬声器格栅孔进入空腔内部的水)的进入。在一个实施例中,保护层可由能够透过声音的疏水性的织物网形成,以允许声音经过扬声器格栅120同时减少环境侵入风险。After forming the speaker grille holes, a protective layer can be applied to the inner surface of the housing, covering the speaker grille holes. The protective layer can be designed to prevent the ingress of environmental contaminants, such as water that might enter the cavity through the speaker grille holes. In one embodiment, the protective layer can be formed from a hydrophobic fabric mesh that is permeable to sound, allowing sound to pass through the speaker grille 120 while reducing the risk of environmental intrusion.

回到图1B,便携式计算设备100还可包括一个或更多个连接器,用于从便携式计算设备100或向便携式计算设备100传送数据和/或电力。例如,便携式计算设备100可包括多个数据端口,针对人像模式和风景模式的每个配置有一个数据端口。然而,当前所描述的实施例包括可由连接器组件124形成的单个数据端口122,该连接器组件124容置于沿外壳102的第一侧面形成的开口内。以这种方式,当便携式计算设备100安装于坞站时,便携式计算设备100可利用数据端口122与外部设备通信。应当注意,在某些情况下,便携式计算设备100可包括方向传感器或加速度计,其可感测便携式计算设备100的方向或运动。该传感器然后可提供适当的信号,其然后将使便携式计算设备100在适当的方向上呈现视觉内容。1B , the portable computing device 100 may further include one or more connectors for transmitting data and/or power to or from the portable computing device 100. For example, the portable computing device 100 may include multiple data ports, one for each of the portrait mode and the landscape mode. However, the presently described embodiment includes a single data port 122 that may be formed by a connector assembly 124 that is housed within an opening formed along the first side of the housing 102. In this manner, when the portable computing device 100 is mounted in a docking station, the portable computing device 100 may utilize the data port 122 to communicate with external devices. It should be noted that in some cases, the portable computing device 100 may include an orientation sensor or accelerometer that may sense the orientation or motion of the portable computing device 100. The sensor may then provide an appropriate signal that will then cause the portable computing device 100 to present visual content in the appropriate orientation.

连接器组件124可为任意被认为合适的尺寸,例如30个管脚的连接器。在某些情况下,连接器组件124可同时作为数据和电力端口使用,因而不需要分离的电力连接器。连接器组件124可广泛地变化。在一个实施例中,连接器组件124可采用外围总线连接器的形式。在一个实施例中,可使用具有30个管脚的连接器组件。这些连接器类型包括电力和数据两种功能,从而当便携式计算设备100连接于主机设备时,允许在便携式计算设备100与主机设备之间进行电力传送和数据通信两者。在某些情况下,主机设备可为媒体便携式计算设备 100提供电力,该主机设备能够被用于操作便携式计算设备100和/或在操作的同时对其中所包括的电池进行充电。The connector assembly 124 can be any size deemed suitable, such as a 30-pin connector. In some cases, the connector assembly 124 can function as both a data and power port, thereby eliminating the need for a separate power connector. The connector assembly 124 can vary widely. In one embodiment, the connector assembly 124 can take the form of a peripheral bus connector. In one embodiment, a connector assembly with 30 pins can be used. These connector types include both power and data functionality, thereby allowing both power transfer and data communication between the portable computing device 100 and the host device when the portable computing device 100 is connected to the host device. In some cases, the host device can provide power to the media portable computing device 100, which can be used to operate the portable computing device 100 and/or charge a battery included therein while operating.

图2示出了组装前的外壳102的外部的透视图。该外部在组装后可作为设备底部。图3描述了外壳内部及其相关部件,其包封设备元件(例如显示器组件与主逻辑板)。在一个实施例中,外壳可经由单坯材料(例如形成为矩形的单个铝坯)的加工而形成。在图2中,可将该坯的一部分进行加工以形成外壳外部的总体外部形状。在其它实施例中,在开始加工以形成最终外壳形状之前,该坯可被铸造成更接近外壳最终形状的某一形状。FIG2 shows a perspective view of the exterior of the housing 102 before assembly. This exterior may serve as the bottom of the device after assembly. FIG3 depicts the interior of the housing and its associated components, which enclose the device components (e.g., a display assembly and a main logic board). In one embodiment, the housing may be formed by machining a single billet of material (e.g., a single billet of aluminum formed into a rectangular shape). In FIG2 , a portion of the billet may be machined to form the overall exterior shape of the exterior of the housing. In other embodiments, the billet may be cast into a shape that is closer to the final shape of the housing before machining begins to form the final shape of the housing.

外壳102包括基本平坦的部分144,其被弯曲的侧壁146所包围。在一个实施例中,外壳102可具有小于1厘米的最大厚度。在特定实施例中,最大厚度约为8毫米。在图2中,该几何形状仅出于示例的目的被提供。在不同的实施例中,侧壁(如146)的曲率以及平坦部分144的面积可以改变。在一个实施例中,侧壁和平坦部分可合并为具有连续剖面的形状,例如符合连续的样条 (spline)曲线,而不是平坦部分与弯曲侧壁相连接。在其它实施例中,侧壁可基本平坦并经由指定曲率半径连接到该基本平坦的部分,而不利用弯曲的侧壁。The housing 102 includes a substantially flat portion 144 that is surrounded by a curved sidewall 146. In one embodiment, the housing 102 may have a maximum thickness of less than 1 cm. In a specific embodiment, the maximum thickness is approximately 8 mm. In FIG2 , this geometry is provided for illustrative purposes only. In different embodiments, the curvature of the sidewalls (such as 146) and the area of the flat portion 144 may vary. In one embodiment, the sidewalls and the flat portion may be combined into a shape having a continuous cross-section, such as conforming to a continuous spline curve, rather than having the flat portion connected to the curved sidewall. In other embodiments, the sidewalls may be substantially flat and connected to the substantially flat portion via a specified radius of curvature, without utilizing a curved sidewall.

在平坦部分144和侧壁146中可形成开口。该开口可用于各种目的,其包括功能性和装饰性的考虑。在一个示例中,开口可用于开关。如图2所示,多个开关的开口形成于侧壁中。例如,开口136用于电源控制开关,开口140用于滑动开关而开口142用于音量开关。在一个实施例中,滑动开关可用于提供静音控制。在其它实施例中,滑动开关可用于控制其它设备特性。开口的尺寸可取决于开关尺寸。例如,开口142可用于音量摇杆开关,其可大于电源控制开关或静音控制。在一个实施例中,开口可利用与外壳102表面近似正交地取向的钻头而形成。因此,其在加工期间的方向可根据侧壁被切削的位置而变化。Openings may be formed in the flat portion 144 and the sidewall 146. The openings may be used for a variety of purposes, including functional and decorative considerations. In one example, the openings may be used for switches. As shown in FIG2 , openings for multiple switches are formed in the sidewall. For example, opening 136 may be used for a power control switch, opening 140 may be used for a slide switch, and opening 142 may be used for a volume switch. In one embodiment, the slide switch may be used to provide a mute control. In other embodiments, the slide switch may be used to control other device features. The size of the opening may depend on the size of the switch. For example, opening 142 may be used for a volume rocker switch, which may be larger than a power control switch or a mute control. In one embodiment, the opening may be formed using a drill bit oriented approximately orthogonally to the surface of the housing 102. Therefore, its orientation during machining may vary depending on the location of the sidewall being cut.

在另一个示例中,可在外壳中形成用于外部连接器的开口。例如,在侧壁中提供开口134用于音频端口,例如用于耳机连接器。在又一示例中(见图1B 和图3B),可提供用于外部数据和电力连接器的开口,例如30管脚连接器。在一个实施例中,开口可在近似平行于外壳的平坦部分的方向上被切削,其可不与外表面的弯曲正交。更靠近于外壳144的基本平坦的部分,提供用于背面的图像捕获设备的开口138。在基本平坦的部分的中心附近,提供开口130用于徽标嵌件。该徽标嵌件可由不同的材料形成,且与外壳其余部分颜色不同。参考图8描述了徽标嵌件的进一步细节,其包括用于将徽标附接至外壳的徽标层叠结构。In another example, an opening for an external connector may be formed in the housing. For example, an opening 134 is provided in the side wall for an audio port, such as a headphone connector. In yet another example (see Figures 1B and 3B), an opening for an external data and power connector, such as a 30-pin connector, may be provided. In one embodiment, the opening may be cut in a direction approximately parallel to the flat portion of the housing, which may not be orthogonal to the curvature of the outer surface. Closer to the substantially flat portion of the housing 144, an opening 138 is provided for an image capture device on the back. Near the center of the substantially flat portion, an opening 130 is provided for a logo inlay. The logo inlay may be formed of a different material and a different color than the rest of the housing. Further details of the logo inlay are described with reference to Figure 8, which includes a logo laminate structure for attaching the logo to the housing.

外壳102可由无线电不透明材料(例如金属)形成。在特定实施例中,外壳可包括用于放置RF天线窗的缺口部分,以支持一个或更多个天线。该外壳可包括用于接收RF天线窗132的缺口。RF天线窗可由无线电透明材料(如塑料)形成,以增强设备对无线数据的接收。在图2中,示出了RF天线窗位于延伸跨越侧壁并且在外壳的基本平坦的部分144附近结束的安装位置。可将RF 天线窗132成形为匹配相邻侧壁的表面曲率剖面。参考图6更详细地显示和描述了如跨越外壳内部观察的RF天线窗132和外壳上的周围支撑结构的视图。The housing 102 may be formed of a radio-opaque material (e.g., metal). In certain embodiments, the housing may include a notched portion for placing an RF antenna window to support one or more antennas. The housing may include a notch for receiving an RF antenna window 132. The RF antenna window may be formed of a radio-transparent material (e.g., plastic) to enhance the device's reception of wireless data. In FIG2 , the RF antenna window is shown in an installed position where it extends across the sidewall and ends near a substantially flat portion 144 of the housing. The RF antenna window 132 may be shaped to match the surface curvature profile of the adjacent sidewall. A view of the RF antenna window 132 and the surrounding support structure on the housing as viewed across the interior of the housing is shown and described in more detail with reference to FIG6 .

在特定的实施例中,设备可被配置为经由一种或更多种无线协议来接入数据网络。例如,利用协议(例如Wi-Fi),设备可被配置为经由无线接入点而接入因特网。作为另一示例,利用无线协议(如GSM或CDMA),设备可被配置为经由局部蜂窝电话塔而接入蜂窝数据网络。实现两种无线协议(如Wi-Fi 和GSM或Wi-Fi和CDMA)的设备可使用不同的天线系统,一个用于Wi-Fi,一个用于GSM或CDM。In certain embodiments, a device may be configured to access a data network via one or more wireless protocols. For example, using a protocol such as Wi-Fi, a device may be configured to access the Internet via a wireless access point. As another example, using a wireless protocol such as GSM or CDMA, a device may be configured to access a cellular data network via a local cell phone tower. A device that implements two wireless protocols (such as Wi-Fi and GSM or Wi-Fi and CDMA) may use different antenna systems, one for Wi-Fi and one for GSM or CDMA.

典型地,元件(例如RF天线窗132)可用于实现使用GSM或CDM的蜂窝数据网络连接。为实现无线协议(例如Wi-Fi),RF天线窗132可以不是必须的。因此,在某些实施例中,外壳可被形成为没有用于RF天线窗132的开口。在这些实施例中,外壳102可延伸于RF天线窗132所处的表面之上,以符合侧壁的周围曲率。因此,RF天线窗132所处的区域可由与外壳102其它部分相同的材料形成,并以与外壳其它侧壁相类似的方式进行加工。Typically, an element (such as the RF antenna window 132) can be used to implement a cellular data network connection using GSM or CDM. To implement wireless protocols (such as Wi-Fi), the RF antenna window 132 may not be necessary. Therefore, in some embodiments, the housing can be formed without an opening for the RF antenna window 132. In these embodiments, the housing 102 can extend above the surface where the RF antenna window 132 is located to conform to the surrounding curvature of the sidewall. Therefore, the area where the RF antenna window 132 is located can be formed from the same material as the rest of the housing 102 and processed in a manner similar to the other sidewalls of the housing.

图3A示出了简化的外壳102的顶视图,其示出了用于一个实施例的具有正面开口的空腔。参考图3B描述了外壳的更详细的透视图。在图3A中,外壳102 可包括基本平坦的底部148a和148b。该平坦底部148a和148b可在不同的高度或同一高度处。在一个实施例中,平坦底部148和148b可基本平行于以上参考图2所描述的外壳的平坦外底部144。该平坦底部148a和148b可过渡至在空腔底部之上延伸的侧壁。FIG3A shows a top view of a simplified housing 102, which shows a cavity with a front opening for one embodiment. A more detailed perspective view of the housing is described with reference to FIG3B. In FIG3A, the housing 102 may include substantially flat bottoms 148a and 148b. The flat bottoms 148a and 148b may be at different heights or at the same height. In one embodiment, the flat bottoms 148 and 148b may be substantially parallel to the flat outer bottom 144 of the housing described above with reference to FIG2. The flat bottoms 148a and 148b may transition to sidewalls extending above the cavity bottom.

可从下部切削侧壁以形成壁架(例如壁架156a、156b、156c和156d),其从侧壁延伸至空腔的中心。在一个实施例中,壁架可包括在不同高度处的部分。壁架的宽度可跨越每个侧边变化以及在侧边之间变化。例如,壁架156a的宽度可比壁架156d窄。壁架不必跨越一条侧边连续。在某些实施例中,每个壁架的一部分可被移除。此外,壁架宽度不必跨越一条侧边恒定。在某些实施例中,壁架宽度可跨越一条侧边变化。The sidewalls can be cut from below to form ledges (e.g., ledges 156a, 156b, 156c, and 156d) that extend from the sidewalls to the center of the cavity. In one embodiment, the ledges can include portions at different heights. The width of the ledges can vary across each side and between sides. For example, the width of ledge 156a can be narrower than that of ledge 156d. The ledges do not have to be continuous across a side. In some embodiments, a portion of each ledge can be removed. Furthermore, the ledge width does not have to be constant across a side. In some embodiments, the ledge width can vary across a side.

托架(例如150a、150b、150c和150d)可位于外壳的每个拐角处。托架可由金属(例如不锈钢)形成。该托架可被配置为增加外壳的结构刚性。在碰撞事件(例如对外壳拐角的碰撞)中,该角托架可限制碰撞损伤程度,例如对盖体玻璃的损伤。托架的形状可在各个拐角之间变化。此外,出于示意的目的,示出了托架的简化的形状,而可使用不同形状的托架。如下文更详细讨论的,该托架可利用粘合剂接合于外壳。在一个实施例中,该托架可包括用于接收边框压条和盖体的拐角部分的表面。A bracket (e.g., 150a, 150b, 150c, and 150d) may be located at each corner of the housing. The bracket may be formed of a metal (e.g., stainless steel). The bracket may be configured to increase the structural rigidity of the housing. In the event of a collision (e.g., a collision against a corner of the housing), the corner bracket may limit the extent of the collision damage, such as damage to the cover glass. The shape of the bracket may vary between the corners. In addition, for illustrative purposes, a simplified shape of the bracket is shown, and brackets of different shapes may be used. As discussed in more detail below, the bracket may be bonded to the housing using an adhesive. In one embodiment, the bracket may include a surface for receiving a corner portion of the frame molding and the cover.

在一个实施例中,元件(例如电池)可被设置于区域148a和148b中。例如,在一个实施例中,多个电池组可使用PSA带在区域148a中接合于外壳。在一个实施例中,三个电池组可使用粘合剂粘附到平坦区域148a,该粘合剂可采用粘合带(如PSA)的形式。利用粘合带可将电池略微抬高并为电池组提供了在操作期间膨胀的空间。作为另一示例,在区域148b中,可设置多个PCB。 PCB的数量和类型可根据设备的功能而在实施例之间变化。可在这个区域中固定至外壳的PCB的一些示例包括但不限于主逻辑板、电池管理单元和/或RF电路板。该RF电路板还可包括GPS电路。附接点可以被加工为凸起(boss)至外壳底部中,以固定设备元件,例如PCB。参考图3B更详细地描述了这些。In one embodiment, components (e.g., batteries) may be arranged in regions 148a and 148b. For example, in one embodiment, multiple battery packs may be joined to the housing in region 148a using PSA tape. In one embodiment, three battery packs may be adhered to flat region 148a using an adhesive that may be in the form of an adhesive tape (e.g., PSA). The adhesive tape may be used to slightly elevate the batteries and provide space for the battery packs to expand during operation. As another example, multiple PCBs may be arranged in region 148b. The number and type of PCBs may vary between embodiments depending on the functionality of the device. Some examples of PCBs that may be fixed to the housing in this region include, but are not limited to, a main logic board, a battery management unit, and/or an RF circuit board. The RF circuit board may also include a GPS circuit. The attachment points may be machined as bosses into the bottom of the housing to secure device components, such as PCBs. This is described in more detail with reference to FIG3B .

图3B示出了外壳102的内部的透视图。设备元件(例如显示器、处理器板、存储器、音频设备)可被固定于外壳形成的空腔内。外壳102在它的中心可包括基本平坦的部分,其包围用于徽标嵌件的开口136。如参考图8更详细描述的,开口136可包括凹进的壁架,在其上板(例如符合凹进的壁架的形状的金属板) 能接合于该外壳以将开口136密封。FIG3B shows a perspective view of the interior of housing 102. Device components (e.g., a display, a processor board, memory, audio equipment) can be secured within the cavity formed by the housing. Housing 102 can include a substantially flat portion in its center that surrounds an opening 136 for a logo insert. As described in more detail with reference to FIG8 , opening 136 can include a recessed ledge onto which a plate (e.g., a metal plate conforming to the shape of the recessed ledge) can be engaged to seal opening 136.

多个结构(例如凸起172a和172b或凸起174和176)可被形成于外壳底部上。在一个实施例中,该凸起可与紧固件一起用来将一个或更多个PCB固定于外壳。例如,凸起可用于附接主逻辑板、电池管理单元板和无线电板。板的数量和类型可在实施例之间变化。例如,某些实施例不包括无线电板。因此,凸起的数量和类型可在实施例之间变化。凸起可包括具有允许插入紧固件(例如金属或塑料螺钉)的孔的结构。该结构可通过在基于CNC的加工过程中移除材料而形成。还可形成用于其它元件(如显示器组件或Wi-Fi天线)的附接点,例如凸起。Multiple structures (e.g., protrusions 172a and 172b or protrusions 174 and 176) may be formed on the bottom of the housing. In one embodiment, the protrusions may be used in conjunction with fasteners to secure one or more PCBs to the housing. For example, the protrusions may be used to attach a main logic board, a battery management unit board, and a radio board. The number and type of boards may vary between embodiments. For example, some embodiments do not include a radio board. Therefore, the number and type of protrusions may vary between embodiments. The protrusions may include structures with holes that allow for insertion of fasteners (e.g., metal or plastic screws). The structures may be formed by removing material during a CNC-based machining process. Attachment points, such as protrusions, may also be formed for other components, such as a display assembly or a Wi-Fi antenna.

外壳102可包括邻近于外壳侧壁并布置于外壳周边附近的许多部件。部件的一个示例为侧壁中的开口。例如,以上参考图2所描述的用于音频端口134、电力开关136、静音按钮140和音量开关142的开口、以及以上参考图1B所描述的用于数据端口的开口在图3中也可见。用于静音按钮140、音量开关142 和数据端口122的开口是从外壳102的内侧示出的。在图3B中可以看到,内侧的开口附近的结构不同于从外侧观察的开口附近的结构。特别地,在开口附近的外壳的外表面相对平滑,没有尖锐的边缘,而开口附近的内部结构可包括台阶、壁架、壁及其它形态。如上所讨论,外壳的外部和内部在这方面可以是不对称的。The housing 102 may include a number of components adjacent to the sidewalls of the housing and arranged near the periphery of the housing. An example of a component is an opening in the sidewall. For example, the openings for the audio port 134, power switch 136, mute button 140, and volume switch 142 described above with reference to FIG2 , and the opening for the data port described above with reference to FIG1B are also visible in FIG3 . The openings for the mute button 140, volume switch 142, and data port 122 are shown from the inside of the housing 102. As can be seen in FIG3B , the structure near the opening on the inside is different from the structure near the opening observed from the outside. In particular, the outer surface of the housing near the opening is relatively smooth, without sharp edges, while the internal structure near the opening may include steps, ledges, walls, and other forms. As discussed above, the exterior and interior of the housing may be asymmetric in this regard.

在图3B中,其它开口包括如从内部观察的扬声器孔缺口170以及如从外壳 102外部观察的用于SIM托盘弹出器机构110a和SIM托盘110b的开口。该用于SIM托盘弹出器机构110a和SIM托盘110b的开口可位于外壳102的弯曲的侧壁上。在一个实施例中,SIM托盘110a和SIM托盘开口110b可被配置为允许SIM托盘在与外壳底部平坦部分基本平行的平面中弹出。然而,该用于SIM 托盘弹出器机构的开口以及该SIM托盘弹出器机构可被配置为使得根据在其所处的地方的侧壁的弯曲与表面大概正交地对开口110a进行钻孔。该弹出器机构可被配置为接收工具(例如与表面正交地经由开口110a插入的圆柱销),以弹出SIM托盘。因此,当圆柱销插入该开口110a中并且SIM托盘从开口110b 中伸出时,该SIM托盘和该销可相互形成夹角。In FIG3B , other openings include a speaker hole cutout 170 as viewed from the interior, and an opening for the SIM tray ejector mechanism 110a and SIM tray 110b as viewed from the exterior of the housing 102. The openings for the SIM tray ejector mechanism 110a and SIM tray 110b may be located on the curved sidewall of the housing 102. In one embodiment, the SIM tray 110a and SIM tray opening 110b may be configured to allow the SIM tray to be ejected in a plane substantially parallel to the flat bottom portion of the housing. However, the opening for the SIM tray ejector mechanism and the SIM tray ejector mechanism may be configured such that the opening 110a is drilled approximately perpendicular to the surface in accordance with the curvature of the sidewall where it is located. The ejector mechanism may be configured to receive a tool (e.g., a cylindrical pin inserted through the opening 110a perpendicular to the surface) to eject the SIM tray. Therefore, when the cylindrical pin is inserted into the opening 110a and the SIM tray is extended from the opening 110b, the SIM tray and the pin may form an angle with respect to each other.

在特定实施例中,如参考图3A所描述的,壁架不必绕着外壳的整个周边延伸或者完全跨越一条侧边。例如,该外壳不包括RF天线窗132所处位置附近的壁架。在不包括RF天线窗的其它实施例中,该壁架可延伸至RF天线窗所占用的区域中。在某些位置,由于壁架的存在,会难以实现元件的安装。在各个位置处,可移除材料,以使得位置处的壁架最小,或者不形成壁架。例如,在分别用于静音按钮和音量开关的开口140和142附近,壁架可被移除并且可形成用于接收静音按钮和音量开关组件的空腔。在这些开口附近的被移除的材料可允许用于静音按钮和音量开关的机构向下插入至外壳中,以使得该机构的一部分可经由开口从外壳的外部访问。在一个实施例中,可使以这种方式安装的开关组件的外壳成形,使得在该开关组件被安装之后,提供与外壳侧面上的相邻壁架对齐的水平面。该水平面可为位于所安装的开关组件上方的物体(例如盖体玻璃和边框压条)提供支持。In certain embodiments, as described with reference to FIG3A , the ledge need not extend around the entire perimeter of the housing or completely span a side edge. For example, the housing may not include a ledge near the location of the RF antenna window 132. In other embodiments that do not include an RF antenna window, the ledge may extend into the area occupied by the RF antenna window. In certain locations, the presence of the ledge may make component installation difficult. At various locations, material may be removed to minimize or eliminate the ledge at that location. For example, near openings 140 and 142 for the mute button and volume switch, respectively, the ledge may be removed to form a cavity for receiving the mute button and volume switch assembly. The removed material near these openings allows the mechanism for the mute button and volume switch to be inserted downward into the housing, making a portion of the mechanism accessible from the outside of the housing through the opening. In one embodiment, the housing of a switch assembly installed in this manner may be shaped so that, after the switch assembly is installed, a horizontal surface is provided that aligns with adjacent ledges on the side of the housing. This level surface provides support for objects located above the mounted switch assembly, such as the cover glass and frame molding.

在特定实施例中,侧面周围的壁架可包括用于接收边框压条108和横跨由内部空腔所形成的空腔的盖体106的表面154。如上所述,盖体106可由透明材料形成。当被附接时,盖体106可保护下方的元件(如显示器)免受损伤。参考图7A和图7B更详细地描述了显示安装于外壳的盖体106和边框压条108的局部侧视图。In certain embodiments, the ledges around the sides can include a surface 154 for receiving the border molding 108 and the cover 106 across the cavity formed by the interior cavity. As described above, the cover 106 can be formed of a transparent material. When attached, the cover 106 can protect the components below (such as the display) from damage. A partial side view showing the cover 106 and border molding 108 mounted to the housing is described in more detail with reference to Figures 7A and 7B.

部件(例如孔和/或凹槽)可形成于壁架156a、156b、156c和156d中。例如,两个凹槽158可被形成在侧壁架156d中,以允许扬声器组件与该外壳耦接。该凹槽可包括允许紧固件插入的孔,以固定该扬声器组件。在另一示例中,凹槽166可被形成于侧壁架156d中,该侧壁架156d为霍尔效应传感器提供安装点。在又一示例中,侧壁架156d可包括多个凹槽(例如四个凹槽168),其可延伸至侧壁架156d的上表面和壁架156d的下面。在一个实施例中,凹槽168 可被配置为允许磁体组件安装于外壳102。该磁体组件可用于将也包括磁体的盖体设备固定至外壳102。Components (e.g., holes and/or grooves) may be formed in ledges 156a, 156b, 156c, and 156d. For example, two grooves 158 may be formed in side ledge 156d to allow a speaker assembly to be coupled to the housing. The groove may include holes allowing fasteners to be inserted to secure the speaker assembly. In another example, a groove 166 may be formed in side ledge 156d, which provides a mounting point for a Hall effect sensor. In yet another example, side ledge 156d may include a plurality of grooves (e.g., four grooves 168) that extend to the upper surface of side ledge 156d and below ledge 156d. In one embodiment, groove 168 may be configured to allow a magnet assembly to be mounted on housing 102. The magnet assembly may be used to secure a cover device, also comprising a magnet, to housing 102.

在一个实施例中,多个托架可与外壳102耦接以在特定区域中加固外壳。例如,数据端口开口122相对较大,其可使外壳在开口122周围的区域中的强度减弱。为加固数据端口开口122周围的外壳,托架152可添加至开口上方。该托架可由诸如金属之类的材料形成。在一个实施例中,该托架可以被配置为被附接于该外壳,以使得其与用于接收边框压条的表面154对齐。因此,边框压条的一部分可设置于托架(例如托架152)上。In one embodiment, a plurality of brackets can be coupled to the housing 102 to reinforce the housing in specific areas. For example, the data port opening 122 is relatively large, which can weaken the housing in the area around the opening 122. To reinforce the housing around the data port opening 122, a bracket 152 can be added above the opening. The bracket can be formed from a material such as metal. In one embodiment, the bracket can be configured to be attached to the housing so that it is aligned with a surface 154 for receiving the border bead. Thus, a portion of the border bead can be disposed on a bracket (e.g., bracket 152).

作为另一示例,托架150a、150b、150c和150d可位于外壳102的各个拐角处。可利用该角托架来提高设备的抗碰撞损伤(例如由设备跌落在其拐角上引起的碰撞损伤)的能力。由于该角托架增加了可以减小碰撞事件期间的变形的刚性,因此可减少该碰撞损伤。在一个实施例中,托架可包括用于接收与用于接收侧壁架中形成的边框压条的表面对齐的边框压条108的表面。此外,当被安装时,托架可朝向外壳内部延伸,以形成壁架,类似于加工到外壳102中的侧壁架。如下参考图4A和图4B更详细地描述了角托架的更多细节。As another example, brackets 150a, 150b, 150c, and 150d can be located at various corners of the housing 102. The corner brackets can be utilized to increase the device's resistance to impact damage, such as impact damage caused by the device falling on its corners. This impact damage can be reduced because the corner brackets increase rigidity, which can reduce deformation during a collision event. In one embodiment, the brackets can include a surface for receiving a border bead 108 that aligns with a surface for receiving a border bead formed in a side ledge. Additionally, when installed, the brackets can extend toward the interior of the housing to form a ledge, similar to the side ledges machined into the housing 102. Further details of the corner brackets are described in more detail below with reference to Figures 4A and 4B.

图4A示出了外壳102的一个拐角210的透视图。在一个实施例中,SIM 托盘机构可被安装于拐角210中,以利用图3B所示的外壳中的开口110a和 110b。该SIM托盘机构的一个元件206被显示为已被安装。外壳102可包括孔 208。该孔可与紧固件一同使用,以固定与SIM托盘机构相关的附加元件。FIG4A shows a perspective view of a corner 210 of the housing 102. In one embodiment, a SIM tray mechanism can be installed in the corner 210 to utilize the openings 110a and 110b in the housing shown in FIG3B . A component 206 of the SIM tray mechanism is shown installed. The housing 102 may include an aperture 208. This aperture can be used with a fastener to secure additional components associated with the SIM tray mechanism.

角托架150a在拐角210周围延伸,以连接侧壁架156c和顶壁架156a。该顶壁架和侧壁架可通过在加工过程期间从下部切削外壳坯段的部分来形成。在较低的高度处的支撑架可被形成于壁架156c和156a及角托架的高度之下。如果需要,可在下部切削该支撑架,像周围的壁架一样。在拐角中,用于角托架 150a的支撑架不一定在拐角的四周延伸。可将材料移除以便允许安装元件,例如SIM托盘机构206。Corner bracket 150a extends around corner 210 to connect side ledges 156c and top ledge 156a. The top and side ledges can be formed by cutting portions of the housing blank from below during the manufacturing process. A support frame at a lower height can be formed below the height of ledges 156c and 156a and the corner bracket. If desired, this support frame can be cut from below, like the surrounding ledges. In the corner, the support frame for corner bracket 150a does not necessarily extend all around the corner. Material can be removed to allow for installation of components, such as SIM tray mechanism 206.

在一个实施例中,角托架可通过使用液体粘合剂接合于支撑架。导电泡沫可位于角托架与支撑架之间,以将金属托架接地于结构的其余部分。在图4B中描述了用于角托架的接合方案和层叠结构的细节。In one embodiment, the corner brackets can be bonded to the support frame using a liquid adhesive. Conductive foam can be located between the corner brackets and the support frame to ground the metal bracket to the rest of the structure. Details of the bonding scheme and stack-up structure for the corner brackets are described in FIG4B .

加固型托架的使用不限于在拐角周围使用,并且还可用于其它位置,例如拐角之间。例如,可移除壁架156c的一部分,以允许安装元件。然后,仅沿该侧延伸(与在拐角周围延伸相反)的托架可被用于在所安装的元件上方重新形成壁架。该托架可能可以在壁架材料被移除并被替换为托架的区域中加固该外壳。在某些实施例中,壁架的一部分可被移除以形成壁架中的空隙,例如以便在壁架下方安装元件。然而,该空隙可以不被使用桥接结构而填充,并且该外壳可与不连续的壁架一起使用。The use of reinforced bracket is not limited to use around corners, and can also be used for other positions, such as between corners. For example, a portion of ledge 156c can be removed to allow components to be installed. Then, a bracket that only extends along this side (opposite to extending around the corner) can be used to re-form the ledge above the installed component. This bracket may be able to reinforce this shell in the area where the ledge material is removed and replaced with a bracket. In certain embodiments, a portion of the ledge can be removed to form a gap in the ledge, such as to install an element below the ledge. However, this gap can be filled without using a bridging structure, and this shell can be used together with discontinuous ledges.

在一个实施例中,托架150a可由诸如不锈钢之类的材料形成。可选择托架形状以增加外壳在所安装区域中的强度。作为示例,托架150a在拐角210中可为堞形(castellated),以提高在拐角跌落事件期间的抗碰撞损伤的能力。该堞形可包括拐角210周围的升高部分和下陷部分。该升高部分可增加附加结构,其可加固该托架并分散碰撞事件期间的力。堞形的数量(即该结构的升高和下降的图案所重复的次数)可以被改变。因此,图4A中的示例是出于图示的目的,而没有限制的意图。In one embodiment, the bracket 150a can be formed of a material such as stainless steel. The bracket shape can be selected to increase the strength of the housing in the installed area. As an example, the bracket 150a can be castellated in the corner 210 to improve the ability to resist impact damage during a corner drop event. The castellation can include raised portions and depressed portions around the corner 210. The raised portions can add additional structure, which can reinforce the bracket and disperse the force during a collision event. The number of castellations (i.e., the number of times the pattern of rise and fall of the structure is repeated) can be changed. Therefore, the example in Figure 4A is for illustrative purposes and is not intended to be limiting.

为提供堞形,托架150a包括壁架部分204a,其与侧壁架156c上的壁架部分对齐。壁架部分204a之后可为升高部分、下陷部分以及另一升高部分和其后的下陷部分204b。该下陷部分204b可被成形为与顶边156a上的壁架部分对齐。堞形图案可用局部几何形状(例如升高部分和下陷部分的局部高度和宽度以及升高部分和下陷部分的数量)来指定。这些参数可在设计之间变化。To provide a castellated shape, bracket 150a includes a ledge portion 204a that aligns with the ledge portion on side ledge 156c. Ledge portion 204a may be followed by a raised portion, a lowered portion, and another raised portion followed by a lowered portion 204b. The lowered portion 204b may be shaped to align with the ledge portion on top edge 156a. The castellated pattern may be specified by local geometry, such as the local height and width of the raised and lowered portions, and the number of raised and lowered portions. These parameters may vary between designs.

如前所述,边框压条108可大约从156c上的壁架部分延伸至托架150a上的壁架部分204a上,通过堞形上方,延伸至壁架部分204b上并且然后到顶边 156a的壁架部分上。在一个实施例中,边框压条的形状可被修改为匹配堞形图案。例如,可将边框压条在结构升高以形成堞形的地方变薄。在其它实施例中,如果边框压条可足够薄或由可压缩材料形成,则可不修改该边框压条的厚度剖面以获得拐角210周围的堞形图案。例如,在具有拐角210附近的堞形的结构位置之上可使用具有均匀厚度的边框压条。As previously mentioned, the frame beading 108 can extend on the ledge portion 204a on the carriage 150a approximately from the ledge portion on the 156c, by castellated top, extend on the ledge portion 204b and then to the ledge portion of top edge 156a.In one embodiment, the shape of the frame beading can be modified to coupling castellated pattern.For example, the frame beading can be raised to form castellated local thinning in structure.In other embodiments, if the frame beading can be thin enough or formed by compressible material, then the thickness profile of this frame beading can not be revised to obtain the castellated pattern around the corner 210.For example, on the castellated structural position with near the corner 210, the frame beading with uniform thickness can be used.

图4B示出了用于将角托架接合于外壳(例如上面参考图2和图3所描述的单件外壳102)的层叠结构的侧视图400和顶视图416。托架402可利用粘合剂接合于下方的外壳中的支撑架402。一块或更多块导电泡沫可位于支撑架410 和托架402之间,以将托架接地于外壳的其余部分。在一个实施例中,导电泡沫下方的支撑架可被激光刻蚀,以提供良好的导电表面。FIG4B shows a side view 400 and a top view 416 of a stacked structure for attaching a corner bracket to a housing (e.g., the single-piece housing 102 described above with reference to FIG2 and FIG3). Bracket 402 can be attached to support frame 402 in the housing below using an adhesive. One or more pieces of conductive foam can be positioned between support frame 410 and bracket 402 to ground the bracket to the rest of the housing. In one embodiment, the support frame below the conductive foam can be laser etched to provide a good conductive surface.

托架402可附接至外壳,以使得托架的顶部与相邻结构404的顶部高度接近于在同一个水平面上。在一个实施例中,为了安装该托架,一块或更多块导电泡沫(例如两块导电泡沫)可置于支撑架上,并且可在导电泡沫周围设定粘合路径420。在一个实施例中,粘合剂可为液体粘合剂。在特定实施例中,该液体粘合剂可为丙烯酸粘合剂。Bracket 402 can be attached to the housing so that the top of the bracket is approximately level with the top of the adjacent structure 404. In one embodiment, to mount the bracket, one or more pieces of conductive foam (e.g., two pieces of conductive foam) can be placed on the support frame, and adhesive paths 420 can be defined around the conductive foam. In one embodiment, the adhesive can be a liquid adhesive. In a particular embodiment, the liquid adhesive can be an acrylic adhesive.

接下来,托架402可放置于泡沫块的顶部,并且固定件可放置于托架上方。该固定件可下压在托架402上,以使得该托架安装在合适的高度处,例如与相邻结构404接近在同一个水平面上。当该固定件下压以推动该托架倚靠该固定件以使得该托架保持在所希望的高度时,可加载该导电泡沫。可在CNC的控制下选择和铺设该粘合路径420,以浸湿托架的底面并在托架被下压时展开,但不延伸至导电泡沫附近和下方的区域中。可用这种方式铺设该粘合剂以防止粘合剂扩展至泡沫下方而使得它妨碍导电泡沫的接地能力。Next, the bracket 402 can be placed on top of the foam block, and a fixture can be placed over the bracket. The fixture can be pressed down on the bracket 402 so that the bracket is mounted at a suitable height, for example, approximately level with the adjacent structure 404. As the fixture is pressed down to push the bracket against the fixture so that the bracket remains at the desired height, the conductive foam can be loaded. The adhesive path 420 can be selected and laid under CNC control to wet the bottom surface of the bracket and expand when the bracket is pressed down, but not extend into the area near and below the conductive foam. The adhesive can be laid in this way to prevent the adhesive from spreading under the foam and interfering with the conductive foam's grounding ability.

在416中,支撑架410被显示为连续结构。在其它实施例中,支撑架的一部分可被移除。例如,可移除支撑架的一部分以使得两个岛被形成,在其中每块导电泡沫搁在对应的岛上。托架402可接合于每个岛。At 416, support frame 410 is shown as a continuous structure. In other embodiments, a portion of the support frame can be removed. For example, a portion of the support frame can be removed so that two islands are formed, wherein each piece of conductive foam rests on a corresponding island. Bracket 402 can be attached to each island.

图5A示出了跨越外壳的内部底表面和侧壁上的壁架156c下方的外壳102 的一侧的透视图210。两凹槽214可在壁架156c下形成。两凹槽均可包括附接件,例如附接点212。在一个实施例中,每个凹槽可包括两个附接点,用于将设备附接部件附接至外壳。该设备附接部件可用于将设备与外壳102耦接,例如盖体。FIG5A shows a perspective view 210 of one side of the housing 102, spanning the interior bottom surface and sidewalls of the housing below the ledge 156c. Two recesses 214 may be formed below the ledge 156c. Both recesses may include attachment features, such as attachment points 212. In one embodiment, each recess may include two attachment points for attaching a device attachment member to the housing. The device attachment member may be used to couple a device, such as a cover, to the housing 102.

图5B示出了可附接至外壳102的设备附接部件2400的实施例的表示。特别地,附接件2400可包括磁性元件2402/与板簧2406附接的分路器2404。板簧 2406可通过紧固件2408直接固定于分路器2404,并通过紧固件2412固定于末端支撑2410。末端支撑2410可附接至支撑结构(如外壳),从而为附接部件2400 提供支撑。在一个实施例中,对齐柱2414可被用来在组装期间为末端支撑2410 和板簧2406两者提供对齐。FIG5B shows a representation of an embodiment of a device attachment assembly 2400 that can be attached to the housing 102. Specifically, the attachment assembly 2400 can include a magnetic element 2402/shunt 2404 attached to a leaf spring 2406. The leaf spring 2406 can be secured directly to the shunt 2404 via fasteners 2408 and to an end support 2410 via fasteners 2412. The end support 2410 can be attached to a support structure (such as a housing) to provide support for the attachment assembly 2400. In one embodiment, alignment posts 2414 can be used to provide alignment for both the end support 2410 and the leaf spring 2406 during assembly.

图6示出了包括用于RF天线窗132的缺口的外壳220一侧的透视图。该 RF天线窗可被配置为在窗体空腔内支撑一个或更多个天线载体。在一个实施例中,RF天线窗132可包括空腔162,用于支撑图像捕获设备和/或传感器组件。Figure 6 shows a perspective view of one side of the housing 220 including a cutout for the RF antenna window 132. The RF antenna window can be configured to support one or more antenna carriers within a cavity within the window. In one embodiment, the RF antenna window 132 can include a cavity 162 for supporting an image capture device and/or sensor assembly.

外壳102可包括近似为矩形的凹槽部分,RF天线窗132被设置于其中。天线托盘132的底部可被弯曲,以符合外壳的外部(见图2)。在一个实施例中,天线托盘可由在外壳102中形成的支撑壁226所支撑。RF天线窗132可包括悬在支撑壁226上的唇部222。该唇部222可有助于防止天线托盘从外壳中拔出。 RF天线窗132可用液体粘合剂接合于外壳。该天线托盘132可沿唇部和支撑壁 226的向外的表面而接合。The housing 102 may include a generally rectangular recessed portion in which the RF antenna window 132 is positioned. The bottom of the antenna tray 132 may be curved to conform to the exterior of the housing (see FIG. 2 ). In one embodiment, the antenna tray may be supported by a support wall 226 formed in the housing 102. The RF antenna window 132 may include a lip 222 that overhangs the support wall 226. The lip 222 may help prevent the antenna tray from being pulled out of the housing. The RF antenna window 132 may be bonded to the housing using a liquid adhesive. The antenna tray 132 may be bonded along the outward-facing surfaces of the lip and the support wall 226.

支撑壁226可包括多个开口,例如开口224。开口224可与RF天线窗132 中的开口对齐。该开口可允许导线穿过外壳并进入天线载体中,以到达RF天线窗132中的元件,例如一个或更多个天线以及图像捕获和/或传感器组件。Support wall 226 may include a plurality of openings, such as opening 224. Opening 224 may be aligned with an opening in RF antenna window 132. The opening may allow wires to pass through the housing and into the antenna carrier to reach components in RF antenna window 132, such as one or more antennas and image capture and/or sensor components.

在可替代实施例中,RF天线窗132及其相关的天线可被移除。在这一实施例中,可移除支撑壁226并且接近天线位置的外壳的外部和内部可由与外壳其余部分相同的材料形成,例如由单个金属坯形成。如果图6所示的位置处包括图像捕获设备,则图像捕获设备组件可直接附接于外壳102,而非RF天线窗。该图像捕获设备组件(未示出)可安装于可压缩泡沫上部。可选择该可压缩泡沫的厚度以使得在安装盖体玻璃时将该图像捕获设备组件轻推至盖体玻璃。该力可有助于保证该图像捕获设备组件与盖体玻璃完全对齐。In an alternative embodiment, the RF antenna window 132 and its associated antenna can be removed. In this embodiment, the support wall 226 can be removed and the exterior and interior of the housing proximate the antenna location can be formed from the same material as the rest of the housing, such as from a single metal billet. If an image capture device is included at the location shown in Figure 6, the image capture device assembly can be attached directly to the housing 102 rather than the RF antenna window. The image capture device assembly (not shown) can be mounted on top of the compressible foam. The thickness of the compressible foam can be selected so that the image capture device assembly is gently pushed against the cover glass when the cover glass is installed. This force can help ensure that the image capture device assembly is properly aligned with the cover glass.

图7A和图7B示出了一种侧视图,其示出了用于将盖体与外壳耦接的机构。壁架可形成于外壳侧壁的上部。壁架可包括用于接收边框压条108的表面。由此,边框压条108(其可为由弹性材料形成的衬垫)可靠在外壳的壁架上。如以上参考图4所述,在多个位置处,边框压条108可设置于与外壳附接的托架(例如角托架)顶部。边框压条108可通过使用粘合剂230a(例如环氧树脂或PSA 带)接合于外壳。然后,盖体106可通过使用粘合剂(如230b)围绕外壳的周边接合于边框压条108。边框压条108可有助于形成对外壳内部的密封。该密封可有助于防止可对内部元件有损伤的外部污染物(例如水汽)进入外壳的内部中。此外,边框压条108可提升盖体106以使得其不与外壳102接触,因而提供了外壳和盖体16之间的缓冲,这可防止由外壳与盖体的碰撞而引起的对盖体的损伤。在一个实施例中,盖体玻璃106的顶部可在边框压条108的顶部高度附近轻微232延伸。Figures 7A and 7B show a side view showing a mechanism for coupling the cover to the housing. A ledge may be formed on the upper portion of the sidewall of the housing. The ledge may include a surface for receiving a frame bead 108. Thus, the frame bead 108 (which may be a pad formed of an elastic material) can rest on the ledge of the housing. As described above with reference to Figure 4, the frame bead 108 may be provided on top of a bracket (e.g., an angle bracket) attached to the housing at multiple locations. The frame bead 108 may be bonded to the housing using an adhesive 230a (e.g., epoxy or PSA tape). The cover 106 may then be bonded to the frame bead 108 around the periphery of the housing using an adhesive (e.g., 230b). The frame bead 108 may help form a seal against the interior of the housing. This seal may help prevent external contaminants (e.g., water vapor) that may damage internal components from entering the interior of the housing. In addition, the frame bead 108 can lift the cover 106 so that it does not contact the housing 102, thereby providing a buffer between the housing and the cover 106, which can prevent damage to the cover caused by collision between the housing and the cover. In one embodiment, the top of the cover glass 106 can extend slightly 232 near the top height of the frame bead 108.

结构(例如234)可位于盖体106的下方。该结构234可与位于盖体106 下方的元件(例如显示器组件)关联。比较图7A和图7B,可以看到接近于边框压条108的下方结构的量可以变化。例如,与图7A相比,图7B示出了边框压条108与下方结构之间更大的空隙236。在某些实施例中,当存在空隙(例如 236)时,粘合剂230b(例如PSA带)可从边框压条108和盖体106之间延伸至盖体106下方,在其处PSA带的部分接合于盖体玻璃但未接合于下方表面(例如边框压条108),其可在碰撞事件期间为盖体106提供缓冲。A structure (e.g., 234) can be located beneath the cover 106. The structure 234 can be associated with an element (e.g., a display assembly) located beneath the cover 106. Comparing Figures 7A and 7B, it can be seen that the amount of underlying structure that is proximate to the border bead 108 can vary. For example, Figure 7B shows a larger gap 236 between the border bead 108 and the underlying structure than Figure 7A. In some embodiments, when a gap (e.g., 236) is present, an adhesive 230b (e.g., a PSA tape) can extend from between the border bead 108 and the cover 106 to beneath the cover 106, where a portion of the PSA tape is bonded to the cover glass but not to the underlying surface (e.g., the border bead 108), which can provide cushioning for the cover 106 during an impact event.

在该示例中,如果盖体106在碰撞事件期间破碎,所延长的粘合剂230b可起到安全措施的作用。盖体106可由可碎成碎片的玻璃材料形成。所延长的粘合剂230b可将破碎的盖体的碎片保持在一起以使得碰撞事件期间小的碎片不会从设备中脱离。因此,所延长的粘合剂230b可实现类似于安全玻璃的功能,该安全玻璃可包括加强元件,该加强元件提供有限的结构完整性以保证玻璃在碰撞事件中不会飞散开。In this example, if the cover 106 shatters during a crash event, the extended adhesive 230b can act as a safety measure. The cover 106 can be formed from a glass material that can break into pieces. The extended adhesive 230b can hold the shattered cover pieces together so that small pieces do not break away from the device during a crash event. Thus, the extended adhesive 230b can function similarly to safety glass, which may include a reinforcing element that provides limited structural integrity to ensure that the glass does not fly apart during a crash event.

图8示出了徽标层叠结构250的侧视图。外壳102可包括开口260,该开口 260可被成形为符号(例如徽标)的形状。在一个实施例中,外壳102在徽标周围的区域中的厚度可小于约1毫米。在特定实施例中,外壳厚度可为约0.78毫米。可将材料从外壳的底部内表面移除以使得形成包括侧边258a和258b的壁架。该壁架可提供用于将徽标层叠结构250附接至外壳102的表面。FIG8 illustrates a side view of a logo stack 250. The housing 102 may include an opening 260 that may be shaped like a symbol (e.g., a logo). In one embodiment, the thickness of the housing 102 in the area surrounding the logo may be less than approximately 1 mm. In a particular embodiment, the housing thickness may be approximately 0.78 mm. Material may be removed from the bottom interior surface of the housing to form a ledge including side edges 258a and 258b. This ledge may provide a surface for attaching the logo stack 250 to the housing 102.

在一个实施例中,嵌件256可被配置为安装于该开口中。该嵌件可由诸如塑料之类的材料形成。该徽标嵌件可比周边外壳的标称厚度更薄。在一个实施例中,徽标嵌件厚度可约为0.59毫米。In one embodiment, an insert 256 can be configured to fit within the opening. The insert can be formed from a material such as plastic. The logo insert can be thinner than the nominal thickness of the surrounding housing. In one embodiment, the logo insert can be approximately 0.59 mm thick.

在特定实施例中,嵌件可为对于光不透明的,例如涂成黑色,或由不透明材料形成。在其它实施例中,嵌件可由半透明材料形成。在一个实施例中,半透明材料可被配置为将来自内部光源的光进行漫射,以使徽标从外部观察时显示为照亮的。In certain embodiments, the insert can be opaque to light, such as painted black or formed from an opaque material. In other embodiments, the insert can be formed from a translucent material. In one embodiment, the translucent material can be configured to diffuse light from an internal light source so that the logo appears illuminated when viewed from the outside.

徽标嵌件256可通过使用粘合剂254接合于支撑结构252。在特定实施例中,粘合剂可为带,例如压敏粘合剂(PSA)带或环氧树脂,并且该支撑结构可由金属板材(例如不锈钢板材)形成。该金属可被成形为使其安装在外壳102中形成的壁架周围。支撑结构252可利用粘合剂(例如PSA或环氧树脂)接合于壁架。The logo insert 256 can be bonded to the support structure 252 using an adhesive 254. In certain embodiments, the adhesive can be a tape, such as a pressure sensitive adhesive (PSA) tape or an epoxy, and the support structure can be formed from sheet metal (e.g., stainless steel sheet). The metal can be shaped so that it fits around a ledge formed in the housing 102. The support structure 252 can be bonded to the ledge using an adhesive (e.g., PSA or epoxy).

在一个实施例中,导电带可被用于将支撑结构252接地至外壳,例如位于外壳的一部分及支撑结构的一部分之上的导电带。在另一实施例中,导电粘合剂可用于将支撑结构252与外壳102耦接,其中导电粘合剂将支撑结构机械地附接并接地至该外壳。在可替代实施例中,可使用单件结构(例如单件的成型的塑料),而非利用分离的支撑结构252和徽标嵌件256。In one embodiment, a conductive tape can be used to ground the support structure 252 to the housing, such as a conductive tape positioned over a portion of the housing and a portion of the support structure. In another embodiment, a conductive adhesive can be used to couple the support structure 252 to the housing 102, wherein the conductive adhesive mechanically attaches and grounds the support structure to the housing. In an alternative embodiment, a single-piece structure (e.g., a single piece of molded plastic) can be used instead of utilizing separate support structure 252 and logo insert 256.

在安装徽标之后,可在外壳内部上增加顶层。例如,可以以某种方式涂敷不锈钢板材的顶部。在一个实施例中,可使用电泳沉积过程来沉积该层。After the logo is installed, a top layer can be added to the interior of the housing. For example, the top of a stainless steel sheet can be coated in some manner. In one embodiment, this layer can be deposited using an electrophoretic deposition process.

该徽标层叠结构250可为与外壳102相关联的防火机壳的一部分。该防火机壳可被配置为包括在外壳内部中产生的放热事件,例如与电池相关的放热事件。与徽标嵌件256耦接的金属支撑结构252可有助于包含内部放热事件。The logo overlay 250 can be part of a flameproof enclosure associated with the housing 102. The flameproof enclosure can be configured to contain exothermic events generated within the housing interior, such as those associated with a battery. A metal support structure 252 coupled to a logo insert 256 can help contain internal exothermic events.

如上所述,支撑结构252和徽标嵌件256可被形成为单个零件。在一个实施例中,该单个零件可由金属形成。金属可适合用作防火机壳的一部分。然而,装饰层可被应用于徽标嵌件256的一部分。在另一实施例中,该单个零件可由塑料材料形成。如果需要,为了提高其防火能力,阻燃膜可被应用在外壳102 内部中的徽标嵌件256之上。As described above, support structure 252 and logo insert 256 can be formed as a single part. In one embodiment, this single part can be made of metal. Metal is suitable for use as part of a flame-resistant enclosure. However, a decorative layer can be applied to a portion of logo insert 256. In another embodiment, this single part can be formed of a plastic material. If desired, a flame-retardant film can be applied to logo insert 256 within housing 102 to enhance its flame resistance.

图9示出了形成用于便携式设备的外壳的方法300。在一个实施例中,外壳可由单个金属坯(例如铝坯)形成。在特定实施例中,该坯可被提供为具有约 11毫米的标称厚度的矩形板材,其中在加工过程中坯的约90%或更多被移除。加工后,该外壳的厚度可小于1厘米。FIG9 illustrates a method 300 for forming a housing for a portable device. In one embodiment, the housing can be formed from a single metal billet (e.g., aluminum billet). In a particular embodiment, the billet can be provided as a rectangular sheet having a nominal thickness of approximately 11 mm, wherein approximately 90% or more of the billet is removed during processing. After processing, the housing can have a thickness of less than 1 cm.

在302中,可确定用于移除材料的CNC切削路径,其允许形成最终的外壳形状。可优化该加工路径以最小化加工时间并提高吞吐量。在304中,可加工该坯以形成外壳的外部形状。如上所述,在某些实施例中,外部形状可形成设备的底部。典型地,外壳的外部形状和内部形状可通过使用不同的过程分离地加工。At 302, a CNC cutting path for removing material that allows for the final housing shape to be formed can be determined. This machining path can be optimized to minimize machining time and increase throughput. At 304, the blank can be machined to form the exterior shape of the housing. As described above, in some embodiments, the exterior shape can form the bottom of the device. Typically, the exterior and interior shapes of the housing can be machined separately using different processes.

在306中,可开始进行用于形成外壳的内部形状的加工。最初的加工可包括移除外壳的在其中心内的大块内部部分,以形成有点矩形形状的空腔。在执行大块的加工之后,在308中可开始更精细的加工。例如,可在外顶部周围形成用于支撑盖体的壁架。该壁架可通过利用合适的加工工具(例如具有直角的钻头)从下部切削到坯段侧面中而形成。可加工顶部壁架以包括用于接收边框压条(见108)的表面。In 306, machining to form the interior shape of the shell can begin. Initial machining can include removing a large interior portion of the shell in its center to form a somewhat rectangular cavity. After performing the large-scale machining, more refined machining can begin in 308. For example, a ledge can be formed around the outer top to support the cover. The ledge can be formed by cutting from below into the side of the billet using a suitable machining tool (e.g., a drill bit with a right angle). The top ledge can be machined to include a surface for receiving a frame bead (see 108).

加工可包括在特定的3维路径上引导工具。在一个实施例中,可利用局部相对尺寸来引导加工钻头的路径。与固定件相关联的绝对位置或与外壳相关联的另一个非局部尺寸相反,局部相对尺寸的使用可包括确定在外壳正被加工时从外壳上的参考点开始的路径。例如,当底切部被产生到侧壁中时,与到外壳中心线的距离相反地,侧壁的局部厚度尺寸可被用于确定用于切削工具的加工路径,以使得保持所期望的侧壁厚度。当产生不同的切口时,该过程可在外壳的不同位置处重复。例如,当在外壳厚度相对较薄处加工用于徽标的壁架时,外壳在该位置处的局部厚度可用于引导该加工过程。利用局部相对尺寸可减小加工误差,这对于保证该切口(如侧壁的切口)而言可以是重要的,不会得到特定区域过薄的外壳。Machining may include guiding a tool along a specific 3D path. In one embodiment, a local relative dimension may be utilized to guide the path of the machining drill. The use of local relative dimensions, as opposed to an absolute position associated with a fixture or another non-local dimension associated with the shell, may include determining a path from a reference point on the shell as the shell is being machined. For example, when creating an undercut in a sidewall, the local thickness dimension of the sidewall, as opposed to the distance from the centerline of the shell, may be used to determine the machining path for the cutting tool so as to maintain the desired sidewall thickness. This process may be repeated at different locations on the shell when creating different cuts. For example, when machining a ledge for a logo where the shell thickness is relatively thin, the local thickness of the shell at that location may be used to guide the machining process. Utilizing local relative dimensions can reduce machining errors, which can be important for ensuring that a cut, such as a sidewall cut, does not result in a shell that is too thin in a particular area.

在312中,可形成内部附接和/或对齐点。内部附接点可被形成为外壳中的孔。在某些实施例中,该孔可被形成为升高的圆柱或外壳材料中的“凸起”。在其它实施例中,可在外壳中形成凹槽,该凹槽被配置为接收有孔的附加元件,例如沿着金属丝排列的孔,其可用作附接点。该附加元件可通过使用粘合剂附接于外壳。可配置该孔以接收紧固件,例如螺钉。该附接点可用于固定元件,例如但不限于显示器组件、扬声器、SIM托盘机构和PCB。At 312, internal attachment and/or alignment points may be formed. The internal attachment points may be formed as holes in the housing. In some embodiments, the holes may be formed as raised cylinders or "bumps" in the housing material. In other embodiments, recesses may be formed in the housing that are configured to receive additional components having holes, such as holes arranged along a wire, which may serve as attachment points. The additional components may be attached to the housing using an adhesive. The holes may be configured to receive fasteners, such as screws. The attachment points may be used to secure components such as, but not limited to, display assemblies, speakers, SIM tray mechanisms, and PCBs.

对齐点可为可在组装过程期间使用的空腔、孔或标记。例如,外壳可包括被配置为接收对齐固定件的部分的凹槽。该对齐固定件可用于通过将对齐固定件的一部分安装至外壳中的凹槽中并将另一部分安装至元件中的凹槽中,来将元件对齐。然后该元件可相对于外壳移动,直至使其在可将其固定的点处对齐。在一个实施例中,可在外壳中提供凹槽并可在可与对齐固定件一起用来使显示器组件相对于外壳对齐的显示器组件中提供凹槽。The alignment point can be a cavity, hole, or marking that can be used during the assembly process. For example, the housing can include a recess configured to receive a portion of an alignment fixture. The alignment fixture can be used to align the components by installing a portion of the alignment fixture into the recess in the housing and another portion into a recess in the component. The component can then be moved relative to the housing until it is aligned at a point where it can be secured. In one embodiment, a recess can be provided in the housing and a recess can be provided in the display assembly that can be used in conjunction with the alignment fixture to align the display assembly relative to the housing.

在312中,加工可包括从外壳中移除多余材料。多余材料可从各个位置(例如外壳中形成的壁架的下方)被移除,以减轻外壳的重量。在314中,可以在外壳中形成内部到外部的缺口。例如,可形成用于数据端口、SIM卡托盘、音量开关、滑动开关、电力开关以及音频插孔的开口。在一个实施例中,开口能够通过在与外表面的形状正交的方向上加工而形成。At 312, machining may include removing excess material from the housing. Excess material may be removed from various locations, such as below a ledge formed in the housing, to reduce the weight of the housing. At 314, an interior-to-exterior opening may be formed in the housing. For example, openings may be formed for a data port, a SIM card tray, a volume switch, a slide switch, a power switch, and an audio jack. In one embodiment, the openings may be formed by machining in a direction orthogonal to the shape of the exterior surface.

在一个实施例中,可在外壳中形成大量的小孔,以便为一个或更多个内部扬声器所产生的声音提供出口。该孔可通过一次冲压一个或更多个孔的穿孔工具形成。在一个实施例中,该孔可沿外壳的弯曲侧面从外壳外部向内部冲压。该孔可在曲率变化的表面(例如外壳的侧壁)上被冲压。固定件可用于旋转该外壳以使该孔可以与外表面的弯曲近似正交地被冲压,或者以其它的某一所期望的角度制作切口。In one embodiment, a large number of small holes can be formed in the housing to provide an outlet for sound generated by one or more internal speakers. The holes can be formed by a punching tool that punches one or more holes at a time. In one embodiment, the holes can be punched from the outside of the housing toward the inside along the curved side of the housing. The holes can be punched in a surface with a varying curvature, such as the sidewall of the housing. A fixture can be used to rotate the housing so that the holes can be punched approximately orthogonally to the curvature of the outer surface, or to make the cuts at some other desired angle.

在特定实施例中,托架可与外壳耦接,以局部增强外壳的结构完整性。例如,可在外壳侧面上的数据端口的开口附近安装托架。该数据端口的开口相对较大,而在提供数据端口的位置外壳可以较薄。较大的开口可降低外壳的强度。因此,可在数据端口的开口附近增加支撑托架。该支撑托架可利用接合剂(例如液体粘合剂)接合于外壳,并且可接地至该外壳。在各种实施例中,金属托架可通过使用导电泡沫或带而接地至外壳。In certain embodiments, a bracket can be coupled to the housing to locally enhance the structural integrity of the housing. For example, a bracket can be installed near the opening for a data port on the side of the housing. The opening for the data port is relatively large, and the housing can be thinner in the area where the data port is provided. A larger opening can reduce the strength of the housing. Therefore, a support bracket can be added near the opening for the data port. The support bracket can be bonded to the housing using a bonding agent (e.g., a liquid adhesive) and can be grounded to the housing. In various embodiments, the metal bracket can be grounded to the housing using conductive foam or tape.

在另一实施例中,可在外壳拐角中增加支撑托架。该支撑托架可增加额外的强度,这提高了外壳的掉落测试的性能。在一个实施例中,角托架可包括堞形图案以增加其强度。如前所述,可在外壳周围形成壁架以支撑盖体。在拐角附近,可以期望的是移除形成拐角区域中的壁架的材料。可将壁架材料移除以使机构可安装在拐角中。例如,如上参考图4所描述的,SIM托盘机构被安装于外壳的一角中。在该机构被安装在已经移除了壁架的拐角中之后,可附接角托架以形成壁架,其与外壳的其它部分上所形成的壁架相平齐。边框压条以及随后的盖体可利用由角托架形成的壁架附接于该拐角中。In another embodiment, support brackets may be added to the corners of the housing. These support brackets may add additional strength, which improves the housing's drop test performance. In one embodiment, the corner brackets may include a castellated pattern to increase their strength. As previously described, ledges may be formed around the housing to support the cover. Near the corners, it may be desirable to remove the material that forms the ledges in the corner area. The ledge material may be removed so that the mechanism can be installed in the corner. For example, as described above with reference to FIG4 , the SIM tray mechanism is installed in a corner of the housing. After the mechanism is installed in the corner from which the ledges have been removed, the corner brackets may be attached to form a ledge that is flush with the ledges formed on the rest of the housing. The frame molding and subsequently the cover can be attached in the corner using the ledges formed by the corner brackets.

在318中,可将RF天线窗添加到外壳。该RF天线窗可由无线电透明材料 (例如塑料)形成。天线载体可位于外壳边缘附近。可将其成形为使其形成外壳的连续外部的一部分。该RF天线窗可被用于安装用于接收无线数据(例如接收自蜂窝数据网络的数据)的一个或更多个天线。在320中,附加元件(例如电池、主逻辑板、显示器组件、边框压条和盖体)可附接于外壳,直到完成最终的组装配置。At 318, an RF antenna window can be added to the housing. The RF antenna window can be formed from a radio-transparent material (e.g., plastic). An antenna carrier can be located near the edge of the housing. It can be shaped so that it forms part of the continuous exterior of the housing. The RF antenna window can be used to mount one or more antennas for receiving wireless data (e.g., data received from a cellular data network). At 320, additional components (e.g., a battery, main logic board, display assembly, bezel molding, and cover) can be attached to the housing until the final assembled configuration is achieved.

图10为电子设备所利用的功能模块的布置900的框图。该电子设备可为例如平板设备100。布置900包括电子设备902,其能够向便携式媒体设备的用户输出媒体,并且也能够利用数据存储器904来存储和检索数据。布置900还包括图形用户界面(GUI)管理器906。该GUI管理器906操作为控制被提供给并显示于显示器设备的信息。布置900还包括通信模块908,其促进便携式媒体设备与附件设备之间的通信。此外,布置900包括附件管理器910,其操作为验证并获取来自可与便携式媒体设备耦接的附件设备的数据。FIG10 is a block diagram of an arrangement 900 of functional modules utilized by an electronic device. The electronic device may be, for example, a tablet device 100. The arrangement 900 includes an electronic device 902 that is capable of outputting media to a user of the portable media device and is also capable of storing and retrieving data using a data storage device 904. The arrangement 900 also includes a graphical user interface (GUI) manager 906. The GUI manager 906 operates to control information provided to and displayed on a display device. The arrangement 900 also includes a communication module 908 that facilitates communication between the portable media device and an accessory device. In addition, the arrangement 900 includes an accessory manager 910 that operates to verify and obtain data from an accessory device that may be coupled to the portable media device.

图11为适合与所描述实施例一起使用的电子设备950的框图。电子设备950 示出了代表性便携式媒体设备的电路。电子设备950可包括用于控制电子设备 950的全部操作的属于微处理器或控制器的处理器952。电子设备950可被配置为将属于媒体项的媒体数据存储在文件系统954以及高速缓存956中。文件系统954可利用存储器设备(例如存储磁盘、复数个磁盘或固态存储器(例如闪存))来实现。FIG11 is a block diagram of an electronic device 950 suitable for use with the described embodiments. Electronic device 950 illustrates the circuitry of a representative portable media device. Electronic device 950 may include a processor 952, such as a microprocessor or controller, for controlling the overall operation of electronic device 950. Electronic device 950 may be configured to store media data belonging to media items in a file system 954 and a cache 956. File system 954 may be implemented using a memory device, such as a storage disk, multiple disks, or solid-state memory (e.g., flash memory).

文件系统954可典型地被配置用于为电子设备950提供大容量存储能力。但是,为了改进对文件系统954的存取时间,电子设备950也可包括高速缓存 956。作为示例,该高速缓存956可为由半导体存储器提供的随机存取存储器 (RAM)。对高速缓存956(例如RAM缓存)的相对存取时间可比其它存储器 (例如闪存或磁盘存储器)短得多。高速缓存956和文件系统954可共同使用,因为高速缓存956可能不具有文件系统954的大存储容量以及作为文件系统954 主机的存储设备所提供的非易失性存储能力。The file system 954 is typically configured to provide mass storage capabilities for the electronic device 950. However, to improve access times to the file system 954, the electronic device 950 may also include a cache memory 956. For example, the cache memory 956 may be a random access memory (RAM) provided by a semiconductor memory. The relative access time to the cache memory 956 (e.g., a RAM cache) may be much shorter than that to other memories (e.g., flash memory or disk storage). The cache memory 956 and the file system 954 may be used together because the cache memory 956 may not have the large storage capacity of the file system 954 or the non-volatile storage capabilities provided by the storage device hosting the file system 954.

将高速缓存956与文件系统954结合使用的另一优点在于,文件系统954 在活动时比高速缓存956消耗更多的电力。高速缓存956的使用可减少文件系统954的活动时间并因而减少了电子设备所消耗的总电力。当电子设备950为由电池974所供电的便携式媒体设备时,通常关注电力消耗。Another advantage of using cache 956 in conjunction with file system 954 is that file system 954 consumes more power when active than cache 956. The use of cache 956 can reduce the time that file system 954 is active and thus reduce the overall power consumed by the electronic device. When electronic device 950 is a portable media device powered by battery 974, power consumption is often a concern.

电子设备950还可包括其它类型的存储器设备。例如,电子设备950还可包括RAM970和只读存储器(ROM)972。在特定实施例中,ROM 972可以以非易失性方式存储要执行的程序、公用程序或过程。RAM 970可用于提供易失性数据存储,例如用于高速缓存956。The electronic device 950 may also include other types of memory devices. For example, the electronic device 950 may also include RAM 970 and read-only memory (ROM) 972. In certain embodiments, the ROM 972 may store programs, utilities, or processes to be executed in a non-volatile manner. The RAM 970 may be used to provide volatile data storage, such as for cache 956.

电子设备950可包括一个或更多个用户输入设备(例如输入958),其允许电子设备950的用户与电子设备950进行交互。该输入设备(例如958)可采用各种形式,例如按钮、键盘、拨号器、触摸屏、音频输入接口、视频/图像捕获输入接口、传感器数据形式的输入等。此外,电子设备950包括可由处理器952 控制的显示器960(显示屏),以向用户显示信息。数据总线966可促进在至少文件系统954、高速缓存956、处理器952和CODEC 963之间的数据传输。The electronic device 950 may include one or more user input devices (e.g., input 958) that allow a user of the electronic device 950 to interact with the electronic device 950. The input device (e.g., 958) may take various forms, such as buttons, a keyboard, a dialer, a touch screen, an audio input interface, a video/image capture input interface, input in the form of sensor data, etc. In addition, the electronic device 950 includes a display 960 (display screen) that can be controlled by the processor 952 to display information to the user. A data bus 966 may facilitate data transfer between at least the file system 954, the cache 956, the processor 952, and the CODEC 963.

在一个实施例中,电子设备950用于在文件系统954中存储复数个媒体项 (例如歌曲、播客、图像文件和视频文件等)。媒体项(媒体资源)可属于一种或更多种不同类型的媒体内容。在一个实施例中,媒体项为音轨(例如歌曲、音频书籍以及播客)。在另一实施例中,媒体项为图像(例如照片)。然而,在其它实施例中,媒体项可为音频、图形或视频内容的任意组合。In one embodiment, electronic device 950 is used for storing a plurality of media items (such as songs, podcasts, image files and video files etc.) in file system 954. Media items (media resources) can belong to one or more different types of media content. In one embodiment, media items are audio tracks (such as songs, audio books and podcasts). In another embodiment, media items are images (such as photos). Yet, in other embodiments, media items can be any combination of audio, graphics or video content.

当用户希望使电子设备播放特定媒体项时,可用媒体项的列表显示在显示器960上。然后,利用一个或更多个用户输入设备(例如958),用户可选择可用媒体项之一。处理器952在接收对特定媒体项的选择之后,将用于特定媒体项的媒体数据(例如音频文件)提供至一个或更多个编码器/解码器(CODEC),例如963。该CODEC(例如963)可被配置为产生用于输出设备(例如扬声器 954或显示器960)的输出信号。扬声器964可为媒体播放器950内部或电子设备950外部的扬声器。例如,连接至电子设备950的头戴受话器或耳机会被认为是外部扬声器。When the user wishes to make the electronic device play a specific media item, a list of available media items is displayed on the display 960. Then, using one or more user input devices (e.g., 958), the user can select one of the available media items. After receiving the selection of the specific media item, the processor 952 provides the media data (e.g., audio file) for the specific media item to one or more encoders/decoders (CODECs), such as 963. The CODEC (e.g., 963) can be configured to generate an output signal for an output device (e.g., speaker 954 or display 960). The speaker 964 can be a speaker inside the media player 950 or outside the electronic device 950. For example, a headset or earphones connected to the electronic device 950 can be considered as an external speaker.

电子设备950可被配置为执行除媒体重放应用程序之外的多个应用程序。例如,电子设备950可被配置为执行通信应用程序,例如语音、文本、电子邮件或视频会议应用程序、游戏应用程序、网络浏览应用程序以及许多其它类型的应用程序。用户可选择一个或更多个应用程序,用于利用输入设备(如958) 在电子设备950上执行。The electronic device 950 can be configured to execute a plurality of applications in addition to the media playback application. For example, the electronic device 950 can be configured to execute communication applications, such as voice, text, email or video conferencing applications, gaming applications, web browsing applications, and many other types of applications. A user can select one or more applications for execution on the electronic device 950 using an input device (such as 958).

电子设备950可包括与数据链路962耦接的接口961。该数据链路962允许电子设备950与主机计算机或附件设备耦接。可通过有线连接或无线连接来提供该数据链路962。在无线连接的情况下,接口961可包括无线收发器。传感器 976可采用电路的形式,用于检测任意数量的刺激。例如,传感器976可包括响应于外部磁场的霍尔效应传感器、音频传感器、光传感器(如光度计)、陀螺仪等。The electronic device 950 may include an interface 961 coupled to a data link 962. The data link 962 allows the electronic device 950 to be coupled to a host computer or an accessory device. The data link 962 may be provided via a wired connection or a wireless connection. In the case of a wireless connection, the interface 961 may include a wireless transceiver. The sensor 976 may take the form of a circuit for detecting any number of stimuli. For example, the sensor 976 may include a Hall effect sensor, an audio sensor, a light sensor (such as a photometer), a gyroscope, etc. that responds to an external magnetic field.

图12从不同于图3B所示的视角示出了安装至外壳102的天线窗132的透视图2200。如上所述,RF天线窗可被配置为在窗的空腔内支撑一个或更多个天线载体。如上所述,RF天线窗132可选地可以包括用于支撑图像捕获设备和 /或传感器组件的空腔2162。FIG12 illustrates a perspective view 2200 of antenna window 132 mounted to housing 102 from a different perspective than that shown in FIG3B . As described above, the RF antenna window can be configured to support one or more antenna carriers within a cavity within the window. As described above, the RF antenna window 132 can optionally include a cavity 2162 for supporting an image capture device and/or sensor assembly.

外壳102可包括设置有RF天线窗132的凹槽部分。在一个实施例中,天线窗132可由外壳102中形成的支撑壁2170所支撑。RF天线窗132可包括悬在支撑壁2170上的唇部2166。该唇部2166可有助于防止天线托盘从外壳中拔出。RF天线窗132可用粘合剂(例如环氧树脂或PSA带)接合于外壳。该天线托盘132可沿唇部和支撑壁2170的向外表面而接合。The housing 102 may include a recessed portion in which the RF antenna window 132 is disposed. In one embodiment, the antenna window 132 may be supported by a support wall 2170 formed in the housing 102. The RF antenna window 132 may include a lip 2166 that overhangs the support wall 2170. The lip 2166 may help prevent the antenna tray from being pulled out of the housing. The RF antenna window 132 may be bonded to the housing using an adhesive (e.g., epoxy or PSA tape). The antenna tray 132 may be bonded along the outward-facing surface of the lip and the support wall 2170.

支撑壁2170可包括多个开口,例如开口2168。开口2168可与RF天线窗 132中的开口对齐。该开口可允许导线穿过外壳进入天线载体,以到达RF天线窗132中的元件,例如一个或更多个天线以及图像捕获和/或传感器组件。在可替换实施例中,RF天线窗132及其相关天线可被移除。在这一实施例中,可移除支撑壁2170而接近天线位置的外壳的外部和内部可由与外壳其余部分相同的材料形成。Support wall 2170 may include a plurality of openings, such as opening 2168. Opening 2168 may align with the opening in RF antenna window 132. This opening may allow wires to be passed through the housing into the antenna carrier to reach components within RF antenna window 132, such as one or more antennas and image capture and/or sensor components. In an alternative embodiment, RF antenna window 132 and its associated antennas may be removed. In this embodiment, support wall 2170 may be removed, and the exterior and interior of the housing proximate the antenna locations may be formed from the same material as the rest of the housing.

图13A-13C示出了天线层叠结构的侧视图,其允许天线安装于盖体玻璃106 的底部。在图13A中,天线2174安装于天线载体2136的第一表面部分。该天线2174可通过使用粘合层2172b(如PSA带或环氧树脂)安装于天线载体2136。在一个实施例中,可将天线载体2136成形为安装于外壳中可用的特定空间中。例如,在一个实施例中,可将天线载体成形为安装于与RF天线窗132相关联的空腔(例如2160a或2160b)内。Figures 13A-13C illustrate side views of an antenna stackup structure that allows an antenna to be mounted on the bottom of cover glass 106. In Figure 13A, antenna 2174 is mounted to a first surface portion of antenna carrier 2136. Antenna 2174 can be mounted to antenna carrier 2136 using an adhesive layer 2172b (e.g., PSA tape or epoxy). In one embodiment, antenna carrier 2136 can be configured to fit within a specific available space within the housing. For example, in one embodiment, the antenna carrier can be configured to fit within a cavity (e.g., 2160a or 2160b) associated with RF antenna window 132.

在特定实施例中,一块可压缩泡沫2178可通过使用粘合层(如2176)接合于天线载体2136的第二表面部分。该粘合层2176可由接合剂所形成,例如PSA 带或液体环氧树脂。在可压缩泡沫2178固定于天线载体之后,天线载体2136 可位于空间(例如RF天线窗132中的空间)中。In certain embodiments, a piece of compressible foam 2178 can be bonded to the second surface portion of antenna carrier 2136 using an adhesive layer, such as 2176. Adhesive layer 2176 can be formed from an adhesive, such as PSA tape or liquid epoxy. After compressible foam 2178 is secured to the antenna carrier, antenna carrier 2136 can be positioned within a space, such as within RF antenna window 132.

在一个实施例中,粘合层2172a可与保护膜(未示出)一起提供,以防止物体在盖体106固定于该天线层叠结构2202之前粘在其顶部。盖体玻璃106和天线2174可相互对齐,而且该膜可被移除以将天线接合于盖体玻璃。In one embodiment, adhesive layer 2172a may be provided with a protective film (not shown) to prevent objects from sticking to the top of cover 106 before it is secured to the antenna stackup 2202. Cover glass 106 and antenna 2174 may be aligned with each other, and the film may be removed to bond the antenna to the cover glass.

当将盖体106降低就位时,粘合层2172a可将天线2174接合于盖体的底部表面。总体的层叠结构可被配置为使得层叠结构2202的顶部高度高于盖体106 的底部被固定的高度2177。因此,当盖体玻璃106固定就位时,盖体玻璃可在层叠结构上施加向下的力。该向下的力可导致泡沫2178的高度降低,以使该泡沫向盖体106底部施加力。When cover 106 is lowered into place, adhesive layer 2172a can bond antenna 2174 to the bottom surface of the cover. The overall stacked structure can be configured so that the top of stacked structure 2202 is higher than the height 2177 at which the bottom of cover 106 is secured. Thus, when cover glass 106 is secured into place, it can exert a downward force on the stacked structure. This downward force can cause the height of foam 2178 to decrease, causing it to exert a force on the bottom of cover 106.

由泡沫2178所施加的向上的力可将该粘合层2172a推向盖体底部,并可以有助于最小化可形成于粘合层2172a和盖体106之间的空气间隙。空气间隙可影响天线的性能。因此,最小化盖体106的底部和粘合层2172a之间的空气间隙可有助于防止可由于天线和盖体玻璃之间的空气间隙的存在而引起的设备之间的天线性能的变化。The upward force exerted by the foam 2178 can push the adhesive layer 2172a toward the bottom of the cover and can help minimize air gaps that can form between the adhesive layer 2172a and the cover 106. Air gaps can affect antenna performance. Therefore, minimizing the air gap between the bottom of the cover 106 and the adhesive layer 2172a can help prevent variations in antenna performance between devices that can be caused by the presence of air gaps between the antenna and the cover glass.

这里所描述的可压缩泡沫可包括通常被称为蜂窝(cell)的气孔和空腔。根据蜂窝的结构和配方,蜂窝可被描述为“开放蜂窝”、“半开蜂窝”和“闭合蜂窝”。泡沫元件可用于外壳中的许多不同的位置。在不同的实施例中,所用的泡沫配方、泡沫元件的形状及其厚度可在位置之间变化。The compressible foam described herein may include pores and cavities, often referred to as cells. Depending on the structure and formulation of the cells, the cells may be described as "open cell," "semi-open cell," or "closed cell." The foam element may be used in many different locations within the housing. In different embodiments, the foam formulation used, the shape of the foam element, and its thickness may vary between locations.

如果该泡沫被压缩超过了其原始尺寸的某一百分比,例如到小于或大于其原始尺寸的20%,则泡沫所施加的力可显著增加。该力开始显著增加处的压缩限度可被接近为所有蜂窝因压缩而变为闭合。在泡沫被超一定限度压缩之后,力开始显著增加之处的压缩限制可在泡沫类型之间变化。然而,可确定泡沫的尺寸以使当盖体接合于泡沫上方的位置时达不到该限度。If the foam is compressed beyond a certain percentage of its original size, for example, to less than or greater than 20% of its original size, the force exerted by the foam can increase significantly. The compression limit at which this force begins to increase significantly can be approximated as all cells become closed due to compression. The compression limit at which the force begins to increase significantly after the foam is compressed beyond a certain limit can vary between foam types. However, the size of the foam can be determined so that this limit is not reached when the cover is engaged over the foam.

在可替代的实施例中,除利用可压缩泡沫之外或者与可压缩泡沫一道,其它机构可用于将天线推向盖体玻璃底部或某些其它所希望的表面,以有助于形成良好的密封。一般,存在可使用施力元件的不同配置的机构,例如“弹簧状”元件,以实现将天线推向盖体玻璃的该目标。作为示例,在不同实施例中,机构可包括利用悬臂式弹簧、线圈式的几何形状或充气枕。此外,如果以这种方式安装多个天线,则用于将该天线推向所希望的表面的机构可在不同位置之间变化。In alternative embodiments, in addition to or in conjunction with utilizing a compressible foam, other mechanisms may be used to urge the antenna toward the bottom of the cover glass or some other desired surface to help form a good seal. Generally, there are mechanisms that may utilize different configurations of force-applying elements, such as "spring-like" elements, to achieve this goal of urging the antenna toward the cover glass. As examples, in different embodiments, the mechanism may include utilizing a cantilever spring, a coil-like geometry, or an inflatable pillow. Furthermore, if multiple antennas are mounted in this manner, the mechanism used to urge the antenna toward the desired surface may vary between different locations.

为了天线的一致性,在接合至盖体玻璃的过程期间可以希望具有一定量的力来推向该天线。如上所述,施力机构(例如可压缩泡沫)可用于施加力。然而,在天线接合于盖体玻璃且盖体玻璃固定在外壳之后,不希望的是,用过大的力来推压该天线和盖体玻璃,因为经由天线推在该盖体上的力可能会降低盖体玻璃与外壳之间的粘性,导致可靠性问题。For antenna consistency, it may be desirable to have a certain amount of force pushing against the antenna during the bonding process to the cover glass. As described above, a force applying mechanism (e.g., compressible foam) can be used to apply the force. However, after the antenna is bonded to the cover glass and the cover glass is secured to the housing, it is undesirable to push against the antenna and cover glass with excessive force because the force of the antenna pushing against the cover may reduce the adhesion between the cover glass and the housing, leading to reliability issues.

为防止盖体玻璃附接到外壳之后产生过大的力,可选择考虑了因组装容限而可产生的力的变化的标称力,其中在最坏情况下仍为天线提供足够的力以满足生成所希望的天线性能所需的最小的力要求。在泡沫的情况下,组装容限可产生更大或更小的泡沫压缩量以及由泡沫施加在天线上的更大或更小量的力。为利用泡沫提供标称力,可选择其中预期施加于泡沫的压缩量远非整个压缩限度并且由组装容限导致的泡沫厚度的变化相对于总体泡沫厚度较小的泡沫厚度。To prevent excessive forces from being generated after the cover glass is attached to the housing, a nominal force can be selected that accounts for variations in force due to assembly tolerances, while still providing sufficient force to the antenna in the worst-case scenario to meet the minimum force requirement for desired antenna performance. In the case of foam, assembly tolerances can result in greater or lesser compression of the foam and, consequently, greater or lesser force applied by the foam to the antenna. To utilize the foam to provide the nominal force, a foam thickness can be selected where the expected compression applied to the foam is well below its full compression limit and where variations in foam thickness due to assembly tolerances are small relative to the overall foam thickness.

在可替代的实施例中,可提供施力机构,其在天线接合于盖体玻璃期间对天线施加标称力,但在天线接合于盖体玻璃之后,例如当盖体玻璃固定于外壳时,该施力机构所提供的标称力被减小或消除。作为示例,可在天线载体上使用机械揿钮。该机械揿钮可被配置用于以特定的力分布将该天线载体和天线推向该玻璃,但然后在盖体玻璃到达其安装位置后跳动就位。在跳动就位之后,机械揿钮所施加的力可被减小或消除。In an alternative embodiment, a force-applying mechanism can be provided that applies a nominal force to the antenna while it is attached to the cover glass, but the nominal force provided by the force-applying mechanism is reduced or eliminated after the antenna is attached to the cover glass, for example, when the cover glass is secured to the housing. As an example, a mechanical snap can be used on the antenna carrier. The snap can be configured to push the antenna carrier and antenna toward the glass with a specific force profile, but then snap into place after the cover glass reaches its installed position. After snapping into place, the force applied by the snap can be reduced or eliminated.

在另一示例中,可使用摩擦安装过程。天线载体可被配置为干扰其要被安装的空间。例如,天线载体可包括部件,如凸出物、空腔或橡胶衬垫,其可产生对其要被安装的周围空间的干扰。在安装期间,天线载体可位于其要被安装的空间附近,然后该盖体玻璃可被推向天线和天线载体。当天线载体被推入其安装的位置时,干扰所产生的摩擦提供了将天线载体和天线推向盖体玻璃的阻力。在天线载体到达其最终位置之后,由天线载体所施加的力可被减小或消除。In another example, a friction mounting process may be used. The antenna carrier may be configured to interfere with the space in which it is to be mounted. For example, the antenna carrier may include features, such as protrusions, cavities, or rubber gaskets, that may create interference with the surrounding space in which it is to be mounted. During installation, the antenna carrier may be positioned adjacent to the space in which it is to be mounted, and the cover glass may then be pushed toward the antenna and antenna carrier. As the antenna carrier is pushed into its mounted position, the friction created by the interference provides resistance to pushing the antenna carrier and antenna toward the cover glass. After the antenna carrier reaches its final position, the force exerted by the antenna carrier may be reduced or eliminated.

在又一示例中,一种半刚性而可变形的材料可设置于天线载体下方,例如油灰或蜡。当天线载体被推入该可变形的材料时,可产生将天线接合于玻璃所需的标称力。变形后,该可变形材料可设置在其变形的形状,以使得在其固定就位之后没有(或很小的力)推向玻璃。In another example, a semi-rigid, deformable material, such as putty or wax, can be placed beneath the antenna carrier. When the antenna carrier is pushed into the deformable material, a nominal force is generated to bond the antenna to the glass. After deformation, the deformable material can be positioned in its deformed shape so that it exerts little (or no) force against the glass after it is secured in place.

在图13B中示出了可替代的天线层叠结构2204。在这个实施例中,近距离传感器2182接合于泡沫层2178。此外,屏蔽层2180(例如金属屏蔽层)被设置在近距离传感器2182和天线2174之间。在一个实施例中,屏蔽层可由金属膜形成。在这一实施例中,屏蔽层可不接地。屏蔽层2180可有助于防止天线2174 接收近距离传感器2182产生的信号。在另一实施例中,屏蔽层可接地至外壳的金属部分。FIG13B illustrates an alternative antenna stack-up structure 2204. In this embodiment, a proximity sensor 2182 is bonded to the foam layer 2178. Furthermore, a shielding layer 2180 (e.g., a metal shielding layer) is disposed between the proximity sensor 2182 and the antenna 2174. In one embodiment, the shielding layer may be formed from a metal film. In this embodiment, the shielding layer may not be grounded. The shielding layer 2180 may help prevent the antenna 2174 from receiving signals generated by the proximity sensor 2182. In another embodiment, the shielding layer may be grounded to a metal portion of the housing.

在一个实施例中,屏蔽层2180可经由粘合层2176a和2176b而设置于泡沫 2178和天线载体2136之间。在其它实施例中,屏蔽层2180可设置于其它位置。例如,屏蔽层2180可建立在天线载体2136中。In one embodiment, shielding layer 2180 may be disposed between foam 2178 and antenna carrier 2136 via adhesive layers 2176a and 2176b. In other embodiments, shielding layer 2180 may be disposed elsewhere. For example, shielding layer 2180 may be built into antenna carrier 2136.

近距离传感器可用于检测物体(例如人手)是否接近该RF天线窗132。该便携式设备可被配置用于为天线2174提供可变的电量,因而影响天线2174所发射的信号的强度。在一个实施例中,当检测到物体或表面接近该近距离传感器时,便携式设备可被配置为减少供应给天线2174的电量。在另一实施例中,如果该设备包括多个天线,可为每个天线提供近距离传感器,并且可以逐个天线地对天线调整向每个天线供应的电量。因此,在某些实施例中,如果检测到物体接近一个天线而不接近另外的天线,则可以减少给一个天线而非其它天线的电力。在其它实施例中,当物体被检测到接近一个天线或另一个天线时,可以减少给两个天线的电力。A proximity sensor can be used to detect whether an object (such as a human hand) is close to the RF antenna window 132. The portable device can be configured to provide a variable amount of power to the antenna 2174, thereby affecting the strength of the signal transmitted by the antenna 2174. In one embodiment, when an object or surface is detected close to the proximity sensor, the portable device can be configured to reduce the amount of power supplied to the antenna 2174. In another embodiment, if the device includes multiple antennas, a proximity sensor can be provided for each antenna, and the amount of power supplied to each antenna can be adjusted antenna by antenna. Therefore, in some embodiments, if an object is detected close to one antenna but not close to the other antenna, the power supplied to one antenna but not the other antenna can be reduced. In other embodiments, when an object is detected close to one antenna or the other antenna, the power supplied to both antennas can be reduced.

在图13C中示出了另一天线层叠结构2206。在这一实施例中,天线2174 经由粘合层2172b接合于泡沫2178。该泡沫2178然后经由粘合层2182接合于下方的支撑结构2184。泡沫2178可有助于产生在天线2174和盖体106之间具有最小空气间隙的良好的密封。如参考图13A和图13B更详细描述的,天线和泡沫的层叠结构(例如2206)可接合于扬声器组件。Another antenna stack 2206 is shown in FIG13C. In this embodiment, antenna 2174 is bonded to foam 2178 via adhesive layer 2172b. Foam 2178 is then bonded to underlying support structure 2184 via adhesive layer 2182. Foam 2178 can help create a good seal with minimal air gaps between antenna 2174 and cover 106. As described in more detail with reference to FIG13A and FIG13B, the antenna and foam stack (e.g., 2206) can be bonded to a speaker assembly.

参考图14、图15A和图15B描述了天线层叠结构的配置,其中该天线固定于盖体玻璃的底部,接近该盖体玻璃附接于外壳的位置。因此,参考图14总体描述了将盖体玻璃安装至外壳。当接近盖体玻璃附接于外壳的位置地安装天线时,可修改该外壳和用于将盖体玻璃附接于外壳的装置。在特定实施例中,参考图6描述了这些修改的细节。Reference Figures 14, 15A, and 15B describe configurations of antenna stack structures in which the antenna is secured to the bottom of the cover glass, near where the cover glass is attached to the housing. Thus, reference Figure 14 generally describes mounting the cover glass to the housing. When mounting the antenna near where the cover glass is attached to the housing, the housing and the means for attaching the cover glass to the housing may be modified. Details of these modifications are described in reference Figure 6 in a specific embodiment.

图14示出了用于将盖体106接合于外壳102的层叠结构2208的侧视图。外壳102可包括用于接收边框压条108的表面。边框压条108可通过使用粘合层(例如2188a)安装于外壳。在一个实施例中,边框压条108可设置于外壳 102的外围周围。在使用天线窗的实施例中,边框压条108的一部分可在天线窗的上方延伸。盖体106可经由粘合层(例如2188b)接合于边框压条108。当安装盖体106时,其可以包封下方的结构(如2190),其可以关联至各种设备元件。Figure 14 shows a side view of a stacked structure 2208 for joining the cover 106 to the housing 102. The housing 102 may include a surface for receiving the border bead 108. The border bead 108 may be mounted to the housing using an adhesive layer (e.g., 2188a). In one embodiment, the border bead 108 may be disposed around the periphery of the housing 102. In an embodiment using an antenna window, a portion of the border bead 108 may extend above the antenna window. The cover 106 may be joined to the border bead 108 via an adhesive layer (e.g., 2188b). When the cover 106 is installed, it may enclose an underlying structure (e.g., 2190), which may be associated with various device components.

图15A示出了位于外壳102外边缘附近的天线层叠结构的透视图。在一个实施例中,天线2194可为天线层叠结构的一部分,包括如上参考图13C所描述的可压缩泡沫材料。在一个实施例中,天线层叠结构可安装于扬声器组件2210。天线可包括对齐孔2220,其可用于将天线2194与盖体玻璃对齐。天线2194可与导线2192耦接,该导线2192允许在天线和逻辑板(例如设备上的主逻辑板) 之间传送信息。该信息可与由天线2194接收的信号或要通过该天线广播的信号关联。在一个实施例中,天线2194可用于实现无线协议,例如Wi-Fi。Figure 15A shows a perspective view of an antenna stack located near the outer edge of the housing 102. In one embodiment, the antenna 2194 may be part of the antenna stack, including a compressible foam material as described above with reference to Figure 13C. In one embodiment, the antenna stack may be mounted to the speaker assembly 2210. The antenna may include an alignment hole 2220, which can be used to align the antenna 2194 with the cover glass. The antenna 2194 may be coupled to a wire 2192 that allows information to be transmitted between the antenna and a logic board (e.g., a main logic board on a device). The information may be associated with a signal received by the antenna 2194 or a signal to be broadcast by the antenna. In one embodiment, the antenna 2194 can be used to implement a wireless protocol, such as Wi-Fi.

为提高无线性能,可以希望将天线置于接近外壳边缘。如果外壳由无线电不透明材料(例如金属)形成,为了提高天线性能,可以希望的是将接近天线的外壳102尽可能变薄,同时在天线附近保持相对均匀的金属厚度。在图15A 中,天线2194可在外壳102上的角托架2150c和支撑托架2152之间接近于外壳的一个边缘地安装(见图3B)。在其它实施例中,天线2194可安装于靠近外壳的其它位置。此外,天线2194可安装于扬声器组件的顶部或某一其它内部结构的顶部。因此,该示例仅出于例示的目的而被提供,而并没有限制意图。To improve wireless performance, it may be desirable to place the antenna near the edge of the housing. If the housing is formed of a radio-opaque material (e.g., metal), to improve antenna performance, it may be desirable to make the housing 102 as thin as possible near the antenna while maintaining a relatively uniform metal thickness near the antenna. In Figure 15A, the antenna 2194 can be mounted near one edge of the housing between the corner bracket 2150c and the support bracket 2152 on the housing 102 (see Figure 3B). In other embodiments, the antenna 2194 can be mounted at other locations near the housing. Additionally, the antenna 2194 can be mounted on top of a speaker assembly or on top of some other internal structure. Therefore, this example is provided for illustrative purposes only and is not intended to be limiting.

在图15A中,边框压条108包括缺口部分。该缺口部分允许接地片2198 接地于天线2194附近的外壳102。接地片2198可经由一个或更多个紧固件(例如紧固件2196)固定于外壳102。在一个实施例中,在接地片2198固定于外壳之后,盖体层(未示出)可被置于紧固件之上。如上所述,为提高天线性能,可以希望的是将天线2194附近的外壳102变薄。以下参考图15B示出这一特性。In FIG15A , the frame molding 108 includes a notched portion. This notched portion allows a grounding plate 2198 to be grounded to the housing 102 near the antenna 2194. The grounding plate 2198 can be secured to the housing 102 via one or more fasteners (e.g., fastener 2196). In one embodiment, after the grounding plate 2198 is secured to the housing, a cover layer (not shown) can be placed over the fasteners. As described above, to improve antenna performance, it may be desirable to thin the housing 102 near the antenna 2194. This feature is illustrated below with reference to FIG15B .

在图15B中,支撑托架2152被移除,以显示外壳的下面结构。外壳102 包括壁架2102a,用于接收边框压条108。另一壁架2102b靠近该壁架2102a。该壁架2102b被配置为接收图15A所示的支撑托架2152。该壁架2102b位于壁架2102a之下,以使当支撑托架2152放在壁架2102b上时,支撑托架的顶部与壁架2102a在大致相同的高度。然后,边框压条108可搁置跨越托架2150c、托架2152和壁架2102a的顶面。In Figure 15 B, support bracket 2152 is removed, to show the following structure of shell.Shell 102 comprises ledge 2102a, is used to receive frame beading 108.Another ledge 2102b is near this ledge 2102a.This ledge 2102b is configured to receive the support bracket 2152 shown in Figure 15 A.This ledge 2102b is positioned under ledge 2102a, so that when support bracket 2152 is placed on ledge 2102b, the top of support bracket and ledge 2102a are at roughly the same height.Then, frame beading 108 can be placed across the top surface of bracket 2150c, bracket 2152 and ledge 2102a.

在图15B中,侧面2194a与外壳的外边缘之间的距离约为外壳上的位置 2102d和2102e之间的距离。该距离约为外壳在此位置处的厚度。沿着天线2194 的侧面2194a,外壳的厚度相对恒定,并且约为位置2102d和2102e之间的外壳的厚度。在图15B中,在壁架2102b上的位置2102c处可以看到,相对于沿2194a 的外壳的厚度,外壳在此位置处更厚,即位置2102d比位置2102c更接近于外壳的边缘。如上所述,在天线附近提供具有恒定厚度的相对较薄的外壳可有助于提高天线性能。In FIG15B , the distance between side 2194a and the outer edge of the housing is approximately the distance between locations 2102d and 2102e on the housing. This distance is approximately the thickness of the housing at this location. Along side 2194a of antenna 2194, the housing thickness is relatively constant and approximately the same between locations 2102d and 2102e. In FIG15B , at location 2102c on ledge 2102b, it can be seen that the housing is thicker at this location relative to the thickness along 2194a. That is, location 2102d is closer to the edge of the housing than location 2102c. As described above, providing a relatively thin housing with a constant thickness near the antenna can help improve antenna performance.

图16为扬声器组件2210的透视图。如上所述,在一个实施例中,天线层叠结构可安装于扬声器组件2210的顶部。例如,天线可在位置2232处附近安装于扬声器组件。该扬声器组件2210可包括外壳2224和连接器2234,其允许扬声器接收转换为声音的信号。该外壳2224可包封一个或更多个扬声器驱动器。在一个实施例中,外壳2224可包封两个扬声器驱动器。Figure 16 is a perspective view of speaker assembly 2210. As described above, in one embodiment, an antenna stack can be mounted on top of speaker assembly 2210. For example, the antenna can be mounted to the speaker assembly near location 2232. Speaker assembly 2210 can include a housing 2224 and a connector 2234, which allows the speaker to receive signals that are converted into sound. Housing 2224 can enclose one or more speaker drivers. In one embodiment, housing 2224 can enclose two speaker drivers.

安装天线(例如图15A中的2194)时一个需要关注的问题是,扬声器驱动器中的磁体可产生EMI,其可影响天线性能。在一个实施例中,为减轻来自扬声器驱动器的可能的EMI,每个驱动器可接地至外壳2224的金属部分。例如,第一驱动器可接地至外壳2224中的金属部分2222,而第二驱动器可接地至外壳 2224中的金属部分2226。这样,导电材料(如导电带)可与每个金属部分耦接并缠绕于外壳2224,以使得在每个扬声器驱动器周围形成法拉第笼。例如,导电带2234与金属部分2222耦接并缠绕于外壳2224,并且导电带2228与金属部分2226耦接并缠绕于外壳2224。因而在两个驱动器中的每一个周围形成了法拉第笼。最后,用于形成法拉第笼的导电带(如2224和2228)可接地至外壳。One concern when installing antennas (such as 2194 in FIG. 15A ) is that the magnets in the speaker drivers can generate EMI, which can affect antenna performance. In one embodiment, to mitigate potential EMI from the speaker drivers, each driver can be grounded to a metal portion of housing 2224. For example, the first driver can be grounded to metal portion 2222 in housing 2224, while the second driver can be grounded to metal portion 2226 in housing 2224. Thus, a conductive material (such as conductive tape) can be coupled to each metal portion and wrapped around housing 2224 to form a Faraday cage around each speaker driver. For example, conductive tape 2234 can be coupled to metal portion 2222 and wrapped around housing 2224, and conductive tape 2228 can be coupled to metal portion 2226 and wrapped around housing 2224. Thus, a Faraday cage is formed around each of the two drivers. Finally, the conductive tapes (such as 2224 and 2228) used to form the Faraday cage can be grounded to the housing.

此外,导电带的使用可提供其它优点。例如,扬声器组件可包括尺寸、形状及其在组件中的安装位置变化的金属元件。这些变化可根据天线相对于金属元件的安装位置来影响天线性能。导电带可在天线和金属元件之间提供恒定的接地平面,其可有助于减轻由于尺寸、形状及扬声器组件的金属元件相对于天线的位置的变化而产生的任何影响。使用导电带可能带来的优点的另一示例为,导电带可用于填充在可在无线电频率下共振的金属物体之间的降低天线性能的空隙和开口。Additionally, the use of conductive tape can provide other advantages. For example, a speaker assembly may include metal components that vary in size, shape, and mounting position within the assembly. These variations can affect antenna performance depending on the mounting position of the antenna relative to the metal components. The conductive tape can provide a constant ground plane between the antenna and the metal components, which can help mitigate any effects caused by variations in the size, shape, and positioning of the speaker assembly's metal components relative to the antenna. Another example of a potential advantage of using conductive tape is that the tape can be used to fill gaps and openings between metal objects that can resonate at radio frequencies, which can reduce antenna performance.

如上所述,接地可以对于保持一致的天线性能是重要的。此外,其它元件可对EMI敏感,并且良好的接地方案可有助于减轻EMI问题。可对EMI敏感的一个元件是触摸面板,例如电容式触摸传感器。该触摸面板可位于显示模块 (例如包括LCD显示器的显示模块)上。以下更详细地描述关于将显示模块接地以减轻与触摸面板靠近显示模块相关联的EMI问题,以及将显示模块接地以减轻与显示模块靠近一个或更多个天线相关联的EMI问题的一些细节。As mentioned above, grounding can be important for maintaining consistent antenna performance. Furthermore, other components can be sensitive to EMI, and a good grounding scheme can help mitigate EMI issues. One component that can be sensitive to EMI is a touch panel, such as a capacitive touch sensor. This touch panel can be located on a display module (e.g., a display module that includes an LCD display). The following describes in more detail some of the details regarding grounding the display module to mitigate EMI issues associated with the touch panel being close to the display module, and grounding the display module to mitigate EMI issues associated with the display module being close to one or more antennas.

为满足便携式计算设备的总体厚度目标,可以希望最小化各个设备元件的厚度。例如,没有前沟缘的显示模块可用于使显示模块更薄。作为另一示例,对于具有触摸面板的便携式设备,触摸面板可被设置在相对接近于与显示模块相关联的显示器元件(例如与LCD显示器相关的LCD玻璃)处。在特定实施例中,触摸面板层可位于距显示模块中的EMI产生层小于1毫米的距离。显示模块中的EMI产生层或多个层可根据所使用的显示技术而变化,并且该LCD 玻璃的示例仅仅出于例示的目的而被提供。To meet the overall thickness goals for a portable computing device, it may be desirable to minimize the thickness of individual device components. For example, a display module without a front bezel can be used to make the display module thinner. As another example, for a portable device with a touch panel, the touch panel can be positioned relatively close to a display element associated with the display module (e.g., LCD glass associated with an LCD display). In a particular embodiment, the touch panel layer can be located less than 1 mm from an EMI generating layer in the display module. The EMI generating layer or layers in the display module can vary depending on the display technology used, and the example of the LCD glass is provided for illustrative purposes only.

如上所述,显示模块中的EMI产生层或多个层可被接地,以减轻EMI对触摸面板的影响。在显示模块的情况下,希望的是进行这种接地,同时不增大或者至少增加最小量的厚度至显示模块。为达到这一目的,在一个实施例中,可使用导电带以将显示模块中的EMI产生显示器电路接地至显示模块外壳的金属部分,例如将LCD玻璃上的薄膜迹线接地至外壳的金属部分。在特定实施例中,薄膜迹线可为ITO迹线。As mentioned above, the EMI-generating layer or layers in the display module can be grounded to mitigate the effects of EMI on the touch panel. In the case of a display module, it is desirable to achieve this grounding while not adding, or at least adding a minimal amount of, thickness to the display module. To achieve this, in one embodiment, conductive tape can be used to ground the EMI-generating display circuitry in the display module to the metal portion of the display module housing, such as by grounding thin-film traces on the LCD glass to the metal portion of the housing. In a specific embodiment, the thin-film traces can be ITO traces.

该导电带的厚度可小于0.1毫米。在特定实施例中,导电带的厚度可约为 0.06毫米。导电带可使用不以任何形式侵蚀或损伤其所接合的衬底的粘合剂,例如在LCD玻璃上形成的薄膜。该导电带可用外观可接受的颜色形成。例如在一个实施例中,导电带的可见部分可为“黑”色。The conductive tape may be less than 0.1 mm thick. In certain embodiments, the conductive tape may be approximately 0.06 mm thick. The conductive tape may be formed using an adhesive that does not in any way erode or damage the substrate to which it is bonded, such as a film formed on LCD glass. The conductive tape may be formed in a color that is aesthetically pleasing. For example, in one embodiment, the visible portion of the conductive tape may be black.

以下描述了显示模块的接地方案的实施例。图17示出了用于提供成像服务和触摸识别能力的层叠结构2212的侧视图。该显示模块2242可设置于盖体玻璃106下方。触摸面板2246可位于显示模块2242上方。可提供一层导电带2244 以将可影响触摸面板2246的显示模块2242中的生成EMI的显示电路(例如在 LCD玻璃上具有电路迹线的薄膜)接地。在一个实施例中,防尘层2240可设置于导电带2244上方和盖体106下方。An embodiment of a grounding scheme for the display module is described below. FIG17 shows a side view of a stacked structure 2212 for providing imaging services and touch recognition capabilities. The display module 2242 can be positioned below the cover glass 106. A touch panel 2246 can be positioned above the display module 2242. A conductive tape 2244 can be provided to ground EMI-generating display circuitry (e.g., a film with circuit traces on the LCD glass) in the display module 2242 that can affect the touch panel 2246. In one embodiment, a dust barrier 2240 can be positioned above the conductive tape 2244 and below the cover 106.

在特定实施例中,导电带2244的一端可与显示模块2242中的EMI生成显示电路的一个或更多个层(例如LCD玻璃上的具有电路迹线的膜)耦接。然后,导电带244可与用于显示模块2242的外壳的金属部分附接。例如,如果外壳的金属部分延伸至显示模块2242的侧面,则导电带可在显示器2244的顶部上并且部分地围绕侧面地延伸,并附接于侧面上的金属部分。如果金属部分位于显示模块2242的底部而并未围绕侧面地延伸,则导电带可在显示模块244顶部上、围绕侧面、并部分地到显示模块底部上地延伸。使用导电带层(例如244)的一个优点在于,其可以比使用用于接地目的的相应金属结构更薄。In certain embodiments, one end of the conductive tape 2244 may be coupled to one or more layers of the EMI generating display circuitry in the display module 2242 (e.g., a film with circuit traces on the LCD glass). The conductive tape 244 may then be attached to the metal portion of the housing for the display module 2242. For example, if the metal portion of the housing extends to the sides of the display module 2242, the conductive tape may extend over the top of the display 2244 and partially around the sides and attach to the metal portion on the sides. If the metal portion is located at the bottom of the display module 2242 and does not extend around the sides, the conductive tape may extend over the top of the display module 244, around the sides, and partially to the bottom of the display module. One advantage of using a conductive tape layer (e.g., 244) is that it can be thinner than using a corresponding metal structure for grounding purposes.

为控制和显示模块2242相关的显示电路与一个或更多个天线之间的干扰和天线共振,显示模块的金属底盘(chassis)可接地至天线的接地平面。在一个实施例中,可通过如下来实现该接地:在显示模块2242相关的导电带(例如 2244)中切削出狭缝,将导电泡沫粘附于接近该狭缝的显示模块2242并然后将该泡沫压缩至空隙中,在其中泡沫可与天线的接地平面相关联的导电表面相接触。该泡沫可在显示模块2242的安装过程中利用这种方式来压缩。在特定实施例中,泡沫可在多个位置处被使用,以保证显示模块与天线接地平面之间良好的接地。To control interference and antenna resonance between the display circuitry associated with display module 2242 and one or more antennas, the metal chassis of the display module can be grounded to the antenna ground plane. In one embodiment, this grounding can be achieved by cutting a slit in a conductive tape (e.g., 2244) associated with display module 2242, adhering conductive foam to display module 2242 proximate the slit, and then compressing the foam into the gap, where it can contact a conductive surface associated with the antenna ground plane. The foam can be compressed in this manner during the installation of display module 2242. In certain embodiments, the foam can be applied at multiple locations to ensure good grounding between the display module and the antenna ground plane.

图18A示出了生成用于便携式设备的天线层叠结构的方法。在2302中,可确定天线的形状和尺寸。该形状和尺寸可基于例如以下的因素,如封装限制和无线性能的考虑。在2304中,天线可接合于可压缩泡沫。接合剂(如压敏粘合剂(PSA))可用于将天线接合至泡沫。在2306中,泡沫可接合于下方的支撑结构。在一个实施例中,如上文参考图13C所描述,泡沫可接合于扬声器组件相关的支撑结构。FIG18A illustrates a method for generating an antenna stackup structure for a portable device. At 2302, the shape and size of the antenna may be determined. The shape and size may be based on factors such as packaging constraints and wireless performance considerations. At 2304, the antenna may be bonded to a compressible foam. A bonding agent, such as a pressure sensitive adhesive (PSA), may be used to bond the antenna to the foam. At 2306, the foam may be bonded to an underlying support structure. In one embodiment, as described above with reference to FIG13C , the foam may be bonded to a support structure associated with a speaker assembly.

在2308中,天线可与盖体(如用于便携式电子设备的盖体玻璃)对齐。该盖体玻璃可以对于可见光和无线电波都是透明的。在一个实施例中,天线组件可包括对齐孔,用于接收盖体上的对齐点。可对齐盖体玻璃和天线,作为盖体与外壳相接合的一部分。在2310中,天线可接合于盖体。该天线可通过使用粘合剂(如PSA带)接合于盖体。At 2308, the antenna can be aligned with a cover (e.g., cover glass for a portable electronic device). The cover glass can be transparent to both visible light and radio waves. In one embodiment, the antenna assembly can include alignment holes for receiving alignment points on the cover. The cover glass and antenna can be aligned as part of joining the cover to the housing. At 2310, the antenna can be bonded to the cover. The antenna can be bonded to the cover using an adhesive (e.g., PSA tape).

当天线紧靠该盖体设置时,可确定该泡沫的尺寸以使泡沫被压缩。泡沫的压缩可施加将天线压向盖体底部的力。泡沫所施加的压力可有助于形成盖体和天线之间良好的密封,例如其中天线和盖体之间的空气间隙被最小化并且跨越天线和盖体之间的界面相对恒定(即影响天线性能的气泡被最小化)的密封。When the antenna is placed against the cover, the foam can be sized so that it compresses. The compression of the foam can apply a force that presses the antenna toward the bottom of the cover. The pressure applied by the foam can help form a good seal between the cover and the antenna, such as a seal in which air gaps between the antenna and the cover are minimized and a seal that is relatively constant across the interface between the antenna and the cover (i.e., air bubbles that could affect antenna performance are minimized).

如果泡沫被压缩超过了其原始尺寸的某一百分比,例如到小于或大于其原始尺寸的20%,则泡沫所施加的力可显著增加。当泡沫的所有开放蜂窝被压缩时可达到该限度。在泡沫被超一定限度压缩之后,力开始显著增加之处的压缩限制可在泡沫类型之间变化。然而,可确定泡沫的尺寸以使当盖体接合于泡沫上方的位置时达不到该限度。If the foam is compressed beyond a certain percentage of its original size, for example, to less than or greater than 20% of its original size, the force exerted by the foam can increase significantly. This limit can be reached when all open cells of the foam are compressed. The compression limit, where the force begins to increase significantly after the foam is compressed beyond a certain limit, can vary between foam types. However, the foam can be sized so that this limit is not reached when the cover is engaged over the foam.

图18B示出了产生用于便携式设备的天线层叠结构的方法的另一实施例。在2312中,可确定天线的尺寸和形状。在2314中,天线可接合于天线载体的一侧(例如参见图13A和图13B中的2136)。天线的形状可以改变。典型地,可选择形状以安装在外壳中指定的某一空间内,该所指定的形状可以改变。FIG18B illustrates another embodiment of a method for producing an antenna stack for a portable device. At 2312, the size and shape of the antenna may be determined. At 2314, the antenna may be attached to a side of an antenna carrier (e.g., see 2136 in FIG13A and FIG13B ). The shape of the antenna may vary. Typically, the shape may be selected to fit within a specified space within the housing, and this specified shape may vary.

在2314中,天线可接合于天线载体的一个表面部分。在2316中,可压缩泡沫(例如开放蜂窝的泡沫)可接合于天线载体的另一表面部分。在一个实施例中(见图13B),元件(例如近距离传感器和屏蔽材料)可接合于可压缩泡沫。该屏蔽材料可使天线屏蔽由元件所生成的EMI。在2316中,包括天线的天线载体可置于外壳中,例如置于与RF天线窗相关联的空腔中。在2320中,天线可与盖体玻璃对齐,然后在2322中,天线可接合于盖体玻璃。当盖体玻璃固定就位时,可压缩该泡沫以使通过天线载体施加将天线压向盖体的力。此外,由泡沫所施加的力可增强天线和盖体之间的密封,例如通过最小化空气间隙。最小化空气间隙可限制设备之间的可因具有在设备间变化的空气间隙而引起的无线性能的变化。设备间的无线性能的较大变化会是不期望的。At 2314, the antenna may be bonded to one surface portion of the antenna carrier. At 2316, a compressible foam (e.g., open-cell foam) may be bonded to another surface portion of the antenna carrier. In one embodiment (see FIG. 13B ), components (e.g., a proximity sensor and shielding material) may be bonded to the compressible foam. The shielding material may shield the antenna from EMI generated by the components. At 2316, the antenna carrier including the antenna may be placed in a housing, for example, in a cavity associated with an RF antenna window. At 2320, the antenna may be aligned with the cover glass, and then at 2322, the antenna may be bonded to the cover glass. When the cover glass is secured in place, the foam may be compressed so that a force is applied through the antenna carrier, pressing the antenna toward the cover. Furthermore, the force applied by the foam may enhance the seal between the antenna and the cover, for example, by minimizing air gaps. Minimizing air gaps may limit variations in wireless performance between devices that may be caused by varying air gaps between devices. Large variations in wireless performance between devices may be undesirable.

图19示出了便携式计算设备3100的具体实施例。更特别地,图19示出了完全组装后的便携式计算设备3100的完整顶视图。便携式计算设备3100可处理数据,更特别是媒体数据,例如音频、视频、图像等。举例而言,便携式计算设备3100通常可对应于一种设备,该设备可执行作为音乐播放器、游戏机、视频播放器、个人数字助理(PDA)、平板计算机、照相机和/或其它。在手持式方面,便携式计算设备3100能够由用户拿在一只手中,同时由用户的另一只手操作(即不需要基准表面,如桌面)。例如,用户可将便携式计算设备3100 拿在一只手中,而用另一只手通过例如操作音量开关、锁定开关或通过向触敏表面(如显示器或平板)提供输入来操作便携式计算设备3100。FIG19 shows a specific embodiment of a portable computing device 3100. More particularly, FIG19 shows a complete top view of the fully assembled portable computing device 3100. The portable computing device 3100 can process data, more particularly media data, such as audio, video, images, and the like. For example, the portable computing device 3100 can generally correspond to a device that can be used as a music player, a game console, a video player, a personal digital assistant (PDA), a tablet computer, a camera, and/or other. In terms of handheld operation, the portable computing device 3100 can be held in one hand by a user and operated by the user's other hand (i.e., without requiring a reference surface, such as a desktop). For example, a user can hold the portable computing device 3100 in one hand and use the other hand to operate the portable computing device 3100 by, for example, operating a volume switch, a lock switch, or by providing input to a touch-sensitive surface (such as a display or tablet).

便携式计算设备3100可包括单件外壳3102,其可由任意数量的可被加工、锻造、浇铸或用其它形式处理成所期望的形状的材料(例如塑料或金属)形成。在便携式计算设备100具有金属外壳并包含基于RF的功能性的那些情况下,将外壳3102的至少一部分设置为具有无线电(或RF)透明材料(如陶瓷或塑料)的形式以便允许RF信号透射通过该至少一部分可以是有利的。在任一种情况下,外壳3102可被配置为具有用以至少部分地包封与便携式计算设备3100 相关的任意适当数量的内部元件的空腔。例如,外壳3102可包封并支撑内部的各种结构和电气元件(包括集成电路芯片和其它电路)以便为便携式计算设备 3100提供计算操作。该集成电路可采用芯片、芯片组或模块的形式,芯片、芯片组、模块中的任一者可被表面安装于印刷电路板(PCB)或其它支撑结构。例如,主逻辑板(MLB)可含有安装于其上的集成电路,该集成电路可至少包括微处理器、半导体(例如FLASH)存储器、各种支持电路等。The portable computing device 3100 may include a single-piece housing 3102, which may be formed from any number of materials (e.g., plastic or metal) that can be machined, forged, cast, or otherwise processed into a desired shape. In those cases where the portable computing device 100 has a metal housing and includes RF-based functionality, it may be advantageous to configure at least a portion of the housing 3102 to be in the form of a radio (or RF) transparent material (e.g., ceramic or plastic) to allow RF signals to be transmitted through the at least portion. In either case, the housing 3102 may be configured to have a cavity for at least partially enclosing any suitable number of internal components associated with the portable computing device 3100. For example, the housing 3102 may enclose and support various internal structures and electrical components (including integrated circuit chips and other circuits) to provide computing operations for the portable computing device 3100. The integrated circuit may take the form of a chip, chipset, or module, any of which may be surface-mounted on a printed circuit board (PCB) or other supporting structure. For example, a main logic board (MLB) may contain integrated circuits mounted thereon, which may include at least a microprocessor, semiconductor (eg, FLASH) memory, various support circuits, and the like.

外壳3102可包括用于在其中放置内部元件的开口3104,且可被确定尺寸为容纳适合于例如经由显示器为用户提供至少视觉内容的系统或显示器组件。在某些实施例中,显示器系统可包括触敏能力,其为用户提供通过使用触摸输入向便携式计算设备3100提供触觉输入的能力。The housing 3102 may include an opening 3104 for placing internal components therein and may be sized to accommodate a system or display assembly suitable for providing at least visual content to a user via a display, for example. In some embodiments, the display system may include touch-sensitive capabilities that provide a user with the ability to provide tactile input to the portable computing device 3100 using touch input.

显示器系统可由多层形成。由聚碳酸酯或其它合适的塑料或高抛光玻璃所形成的分离的透明保护层3106可被定位在显示器系统之上。通过使用高抛光玻璃,保护层3106可采用盖体玻璃3106的形式,其基本充满开口3104。边框压条3108可用于形成盖体玻璃3106与外壳3102之间的密封。边框压条3108可用刚性塑料材料形成。通过这种方式,边框压条3108可提供对盖体玻璃3106 的边缘的保护。边框压条3108可为具有非常薄的截面的注射成型的塑料,因此会非常难以操作、控制和测量。边框压条3108还会非常难以一致地成型为相同的尺寸,因为在成型地点处的温度和湿度的变化可使边框压条3108的尺寸产生大百分比的增加或减少。因此,可对不同仓(bin)的外壳和边框压条进行分类并然后匹配,以使得正确的外壳和边框压条可被匹配,以将外壳3102与边框压条3108之间的空隙最小化为大约0.05毫米。The display system can be formed from multiple layers. A separate, transparent protective layer 3106 formed from polycarbonate or other suitable plastic or high-polish glass can be positioned over the display system. By using high-polish glass, the protective layer 3106 can take the form of a cover glass 3106 that substantially fills the opening 3104. A frame bead 3108 can be used to form a seal between the cover glass 3106 and the housing 3102. The frame bead 3108 can be formed from a rigid plastic material. In this way, the frame bead 3108 can provide protection for the edges of the cover glass 3106. The frame bead 3108 can be an injection-molded plastic with a very thin cross-section, making it very difficult to handle, control, and measure. The frame bead 3108 can also be very difficult to consistently mold to the same size because variations in temperature and humidity at the molding site can cause the frame bead 3108 to increase or decrease in size by a large percentage. Thus, the shells and border moldings of different bins can be sorted and then matched so that the correct shells and border moldings can be matched to minimize the gap between the shell 3102 and the border molding 3108 to approximately 0.05 mm.

在该实施例中,可限定跑道3110作为外壳3102的最上方的部分,其包围盖体玻璃层3106。为保持便携式计算设备3100的所希望的审美外观和感觉,希望的是外壳3102与盖体玻璃3106之间的任何偏差通过使跑道3110居中来最小化。位于盖体玻璃3106下方的显示面板(图28所示)可用于通过使用任一种合适的显示技术(例如LCD、LED、OLED、电子墨水或e墨水等)来显示图像。In this embodiment, racetrack 3110 can be defined as the uppermost portion of housing 3102 that surrounds cover glass layer 3106. To maintain the desired aesthetic look and feel of portable computing device 3100, it is desirable to minimize any deviation between housing 3102 and cover glass 3106 by centering racetrack 3110. A display panel (shown in FIG. 28 ) located below cover glass 3106 can be used to display images using any suitable display technology (e.g., LCD, LED, OLED, electronic ink or e-ink, etc.).

便携式计算设备3100可包括多个机械控制,其用于控制或修改便携式计算设备3100的某些功能。例如,电力开关3114可用于手动地使便携式计算设备 3100通电或断电。滑动开关3116可用于将便携式计算设备3100提供的任何音频输出进行静音,而音量开关3118可用于增大/减小便携式计算设备3100输出的音频的音量。在所描述的实施例中,滑动开关3116可为可滑动的开关,而音量开关3118可为摇杆开关。在其它实施例中,可为其它功能提供滑动开关3116。应当注意上述各个输入机构均典型地被布置通过外壳3102中的开口,以使其能够与内部元件耦接。The portable computing device 3100 may include a number of mechanical controls for controlling or modifying certain functions of the portable computing device 3100. For example, a power switch 3114 may be used to manually power the portable computing device 3100 on or off. A slide switch 3116 may be used to mute any audio output provided by the portable computing device 3100, while a volume switch 3118 may be used to increase or decrease the volume of the audio output by the portable computing device 3100. In the depicted embodiment, the slide switch 3116 may be a slidable switch, while the volume switch 3118 may be a rocker switch. In other embodiments, the slide switch 3116 may be provided for other functions. It should be noted that each of the above-described input mechanisms is typically disposed through an opening in the housing 3102 to enable coupling to internal components.

便携式计算设备3100可包括用于无线通信的机构,作为收发器类型设备或仅仅接收器(如收音机)。便携式计算设备3100可包括可设置于外壳3102的无线电透明部分内部的天线。在某些实施例中,天线可并入到边框压条3108或盖体玻璃3106中。在其它实施例中,外壳3102的一部分可替换为以下将更详细地描述的天线窗3140形式的无线电透明材料。无线电透明材料可包括,例如塑料、陶瓷等。无线通信可基于许多不同的无线协议,包括如3G、2G、蓝牙、 RF、802.11、FM、AM等。可使用任意数量的天线,其可根据系统需求使用单个窗口或多个窗口。在一个实施例中,该系统可至少包括内建于外壳中的第一和第二天线窗。The portable computing device 3100 may include mechanisms for wireless communication, either as a transceiver-type device or simply a receiver (e.g., a radio). The portable computing device 3100 may include an antenna that may be disposed within a radio-transparent portion of the housing 3102. In some embodiments, the antenna may be incorporated into the frame molding 3108 or the cover glass 3106. In other embodiments, a portion of the housing 3102 may be replaced with a radio-transparent material in the form of an antenna window 3140, which will be described in more detail below. The radio-transparent material may include, for example, plastic, ceramic, etc. The wireless communication may be based on many different wireless protocols, including, for example, 3G, 2G, Bluetooth, RF, 802.11, FM, AM, etc. Any number of antennas may be used, using a single window or multiple windows depending on the system requirements. In one embodiment, the system may include at least first and second antenna windows built into the housing.

图20示出了根据所描述实施例的便携式计算设备3100的顶部透视图。如图20所示,便携式计算设备3100可包括一个或更多个扬声器3120,用于输出可听到的声音。便携式计算设备3100还可包括一个或更多个连接器,用于从便携式计算设备3100或向便携式计算设备3100传送数据和/或电力。例如,便携式计算设备3100可包括多个数据端口,针对人像模式和风景模式的每个配置有一个数据端口。然而,当前所描述的实施例包括可由连接器组件3124形成的数据端口3122,该连接器组件3124容置于沿外壳3102的第一侧面形成的开口内。以这种方式,当便携式计算设备3100安装于坞站时,便携式计算设备3100可利用数据端口3122与外部设备通信。应当注意,在某些情况下,便携式计算设备3100可包括方向传感器或加速度计,其可感测便携式计算设备3100的方向或运动。该传感器然后可提供适当的信号,其然后将使便携式计算设备3100在适当的方向上呈现视觉内容。这种传感器可与传感器板3200耦接,以下将更详细地描述。Figure 20 shows a top perspective view of a portable computing device 3100 according to the described embodiment. As shown in Figure 20, the portable computing device 3100 may include one or more speakers 3120 for outputting audible sound. The portable computing device 3100 may also include one or more connectors for transmitting data and/or power to or from the portable computing device 3100. For example, the portable computing device 3100 may include multiple data ports, one for each of the portrait mode and landscape mode configurations. However, the presently described embodiment includes a data port 3122 that may be formed by a connector assembly 3124 that is received within an opening formed along a first side of the housing 3102. In this manner, when the portable computing device 3100 is docked, the portable computing device 3100 can communicate with external devices using the data port 3122. It should be noted that in some cases, the portable computing device 3100 may include an orientation sensor or accelerometer that can sense the orientation or movement of the portable computing device 3100. The sensor can then provide the appropriate signal, which will then cause the portable computing device 3100 to present the visual content in the appropriate orientation.Such a sensor can be coupled to the sensor board 3200, which will be described in more detail below.

连接器组件3124可为任意被认为合适的尺寸,例如30个管脚的连接器。在某些情况下,连接器组件3124可同时作为数据和电力端口使用,因而不需要分离的电力连接器。连接器组件3124可广泛改变。在一个实施例中,连接器组件3124可采用外围总线连接器的形式,例如USB或FIREWIRE连接器。这些连接器类型包括电力和数据两种功能,从而当便携式计算设备3100连接于主机设备时,允许在便携式计算设备3100与主机设备之间进行电力传送和数据通信两者。在某些情况下,主机设备可为媒体便携式计算设备3100提供电力,该主机设备能够被用于操作便携式计算设备3100和/或在操作的同时对其中所包括的电池进行充电。The connector assembly 3124 can be any size deemed suitable, such as a 30-pin connector. In some cases, the connector assembly 3124 can function as both a data and power port, thereby eliminating the need for a separate power connector. The connector assembly 3124 can vary widely. In one embodiment, the connector assembly 3124 can take the form of a peripheral bus connector, such as a USB or FIREWIRE connector. These connector types include both power and data functionality, thereby allowing both power transfer and data communication between the portable computing device 3100 and the host device when the portable computing device 3100 is connected to a host device. In some cases, the host device can provide power to the media portable computing device 3100, which can be used to operate the portable computing device 3100 and/or charge a battery included therein while operating.

图21示出了根据所描述实施例的便携式计算设备的底部透视图。适合于包封便携式计算设备3100的操作元件的外壳3102的内部透视图可参见图22、图 26和图28。如图22所示,外壳3102被形成有开口3104,内部元件被放置到该开口3104中。外壳3102中心中的空腔提供了用于电池单元3304和MLB 3312 的空间。其它元件通常布置于电池单元3304和MLB3312周围的周边。某些元件可位于外壳3102的边缘部分或壁架3156中形成的较小的凹槽中。例如,RF 天线3204位于RF天线凹槽3206中,而照相机3134位于照相机凹槽3136中。与盖体协作的磁体3202可位于沿外壳3102的边缘的插槽3168中。图22还示出了外壳3102中的开口3142、3144,用于容置滑动开关3116和音量开关3118。FIG21 illustrates a bottom perspective view of a portable computing device according to the described embodiment. Interior perspective views of a housing 3102 suitable for enclosing the operating components of the portable computing device 3100 can be seen in FIG22 , FIG26 , and FIG28 . As shown in FIG22 , the housing 3102 is formed with an opening 3104 into which the internal components are placed. A cavity in the center of the housing 3102 provides space for a battery cell 3304 and a MLB 3312. Other components are typically arranged around the perimeter of the battery cell 3304 and MLB 3312. Certain components may be located in smaller recesses formed in the edge portions of the housing 3102 or in the ledge 3156. For example, the RF antenna 3204 is located in the RF antenna recess 3206, while the camera 3134 is located in the camera recess 3136. Magnets 3202, which cooperate with the cover, may be located in slots 3168 along the edge of the housing 3102. FIG. 22 also illustrates openings 3142 , 3144 in the housing 3102 for accommodating the slide switch 3116 and the volume switch 3118 .

可在每个拐角中向单件外壳3102增加角托架3150,以对那些区域中的外壳 3102进行加固并增加其刚性。还可在外壳3102中提供用于按钮和开关(包括滑动开关3116和音量开关3118)的开口或孔3180。扬声器孔或扬声器格栅3170 还可形成于外壳3102中。还可在壁架3156上提供扬声器附接部件3158,用于附接扬声器模块3320。在所描述的实施例中,提供扬声器附接部件3158用于附接基本为L形的扬声器模块3320。外壳3102还可被形成有用于附接或对齐元件的附加部件3172,例如MLB 3312。Corner brackets 3150 may be added to the single-piece housing 3102 at each corner to reinforce and increase the rigidity of the housing 3102 in those areas. Openings or holes 3180 for buttons and switches, including a slide switch 3116 and a volume switch 3118, may also be provided in the housing 3102. Speaker apertures or speaker grilles 3170 may also be formed in the housing 3102. Speaker attachment features 3158 may also be provided on the ledge 3156 for attaching a speaker module 3320. In the depicted embodiment, the speaker attachment features 3158 are provided for attaching a substantially L-shaped speaker module 3320. The housing 3102 may also be formed with additional features 3172 for attaching or aligning elements, such as the MLB 3312.

外壳的形状可为不对称的,因为外壳的上部可被形成为具有完全不同于外壳下部所表现的形状的形状。例如外壳的上部可具有满足形成轮廓分明的边缘的独特角度的表面,而该下部可被形成为具有基本平坦的底部表面。具有独特边缘的上部与基本平坦的下部之间的过渡区域可采用具有圆形的样条形状的边缘的形式,其既提供来自外壳上部(即独特边缘的区域)的自然变化,又提供由外壳下部所呈现的更平滑的基本平坦的表面。还应当注意,除了提供更为美观的过渡之外,当用户将其握在手中时,不管是正在使用还是仅仅拿在手上,过渡区域中的边缘的圆形的样条形状都可提供更加舒适的感觉。使用金属作为外壳的一个优点在于,金属能够为任何需要良好的接地平面的内部元件提供良好的电气接地。例如,当提供了良好的接地平面时,可充分提高内置的RF天线性能。而且,良好的接地平面可用于帮助减轻由于例如电磁干扰(EMI)和/ 或静电放电(ESD)所引起的有害影响。The shape of the housing can be asymmetrical, in that the upper portion of the housing can be formed to have a shape that is completely different from the shape exhibited by the lower portion of the housing. For example, the upper portion of the housing can have a surface that meets a distinct angle to form a well-defined edge, while the lower portion can be formed to have a substantially flat bottom surface. The transition region between the upper portion with the distinct edge and the substantially flat lower portion can take the form of an edge with a rounded, spline-shaped edge, which provides both a natural transition from the upper portion of the housing (i.e., the region of the distinct edge) and a smoother, substantially flat surface presented by the lower portion of the housing. It should also be noted that in addition to providing a more aesthetically pleasing transition, the rounded, spline-shaped edge in the transition region can provide a more comfortable feel when a user holds the device in their hand, whether in use or simply holding it. One advantage of using metal for the housing is that metal can provide a good electrical ground for any internal components that require a good ground plane. For example, when a good ground plane is provided, the performance of a built-in RF antenna can be significantly improved. Furthermore, a good ground plane can help mitigate harmful effects caused by, for example, electromagnetic interference (EMI) and/or electrostatic discharge (ESD).

外壳3102可包括用于便于安装在便携式计算设备3100的组件中使用的内部元件的多个部件,如图22所示。这些部件与外壳3102的单一机身结构是一体的,而不需要独立地安装于外壳3102。因而简化了便携式计算设备3100的组装。在所描述实施例中,单件外壳3102可由金属(例如铝)的单个板材或块形成,并通过使用例如本领域技术人员所熟知的芯金属形成技术而被形成为合适的形状。The housing 3102 may include multiple components for facilitating the installation of internal components used in the assembly of the portable computing device 3100, as shown in FIG22 . These components are integral to the unitary body structure of the housing 3102 and do not need to be separately mounted to the housing 3102. This simplifies the assembly of the portable computing device 3100. In the depicted embodiment, the single-piece housing 3102 may be formed from a single sheet or block of metal (e.g., aluminum) and formed into the appropriate shape using, for example, core metal forming techniques well known to those skilled in the art.

例如,凹槽3206可被形成于外壳3102中,适当地确定其尺寸和位置以用于RF天线。在凹槽3206用于放置RF天线的情况下,凹槽3206可支撑至少由某种无线电透明材料所形成的RF天线支撑组件。例如,RF天线支撑组件可为泡沫,其在RF天线3204置于凹槽3206中之前预先被装入凹槽3206中。该泡沫RF支撑组件可将RF天线3204偏向显示器组件3132,以使RF天线3204 和显示器3132之间存在一致的距离,以增强RF天线3204的性能。RF天线3204 可通过使用例如PSA粘附于显示器组件3132。通过提供至少由某种无线电透明材料形成的RF天线支撑组件和RF天线窗3140,RF天线支撑组件和RF天线窗3140可在任意数量的无线协议(例如WiFi、蓝牙等)的支持下促进RF能量的无阻碍发送和接收。应当注意,当外壳3102由射频不透明材料(如大多数金属)形成时,提供无阻碍的RF功能的能力尤为重要。For example, a recess 3206 may be formed in the housing 3102, appropriately sized and positioned for an RF antenna. If the recess 3206 is used to accommodate an RF antenna, it may support an RF antenna support assembly formed from at least some radio-transparent material. For example, the RF antenna support assembly may be foam, which is pre-installed in the recess 3206 before the RF antenna 3204 is placed in the recess 3206. This foam RF support assembly can bias the RF antenna 3204 toward the display assembly 3132, ensuring a consistent distance between the RF antenna 3204 and the display 3132, thereby enhancing the performance of the RF antenna 3204. The RF antenna 3204 can be adhered to the display assembly 3132 using, for example, a PSA. Providing the RF antenna support assembly and the RF antenna window 3140 formed from at least some radio-transparent material facilitates unimpeded transmission and reception of RF energy over any number of wireless protocols (e.g., WiFi, Bluetooth, etc.). It should be noted that the ability to provide unimpeded RF functionality is particularly important when the housing 3102 is formed from a radio frequency opaque material (such as most metals).

以下的讨论描述了使被组装的元件的Z高度最小化和使外壳3102中的元件密度最大化的具体方法。换言之,与被安装的内部元件相关的Z堆叠使得元件能够容易地被外壳3102中的空腔容纳,而不需要采用冗长耗时的组装过程。被降低的Z堆叠和改进的元件密度可用许多方式实现,例如将内部元件的结构配置为执行多种功能。The following discussion describes specific methods for minimizing the Z height of assembled components and maximizing component density within housing 3102. In other words, the Z stacking associated with the mounted internal components allows the components to be easily accommodated within the cavity within housing 3102 without requiring a lengthy and time-consuming assembly process. Reduced Z stacking and improved component density can be achieved in a number of ways, such as by configuring the structure of the internal components to perform multiple functions.

例如,便携式计算设备3100可包括电池组件。该电池组件可又包括电池单元3304,其可直接附接于外壳3102的底壁内部。在一个实施例中,如图26所示的压敏粘合剂(PSA)带3105可用于将电池单元3304直接附接于外壳3102,而不用传统的电池组或框架。在所描述的实施例中,两个PSA带3105用于粘附每个电池单元3304。将每个电池单元3304与外壳3102直接附接避免了对于分离的电池支撑/保护结构(例如典型地用于传统电池组中的电池盒)的需要。这种电池盒典型地为包围电池单元的塑料机壳。该塑料机壳与计算机或设备外壳分离。在所描述实施例中,用于电池单元3304的保护性机壳可由外壳3102 和直接安装于外壳3102的显示器3132来提供。通过消除分离的电池盒,电源组件的总重量和z堆叠高度可以在传统电池组所需量的基础上被减小。For example, the portable computing device 3100 may include a battery assembly. This battery assembly may further include a battery cell 3304, which may be directly attached to the interior of the bottom wall of the housing 3102. In one embodiment, a pressure-sensitive adhesive (PSA) strip 3105, as shown in FIG26 , may be used to directly attach the battery cell 3304 to the housing 3102, without requiring a conventional battery pack or frame. In the depicted embodiment, two PSA strips 3105 are used to adhere each battery cell 3304. Directly attaching each battery cell 3304 to the housing 3102 avoids the need for a separate battery support/protective structure, such as a battery compartment typically used in conventional battery packs. Such a battery compartment is typically a plastic housing that surrounds the battery cell. This plastic housing is separate from the computer or device housing. In the depicted embodiment, a protective housing for the battery cell 3304 may be provided by the housing 3102 and a display 3132 mounted directly to the housing 3102. By eliminating the separate battery compartment, the overall weight and z-stack height of the power supply assembly can be reduced compared to those required by conventional battery packs.

在所描述的实施例中,所有的电池单元3304直接焊接到同一电池管理单元 (BMU)3306。在其它实施例中,各个电池单元3304可通过柔性连接器或电线的方式相互电连接。该柔性连接器又可焊接于BMU 3306。BMU 3306可用于设备中的某些或全部电池单元。In the depicted embodiment, all battery cells 3304 are directly soldered to the same battery management unit (BMU) 3306. In other embodiments, the battery cells 3304 may be electrically connected to each other via flexible connectors or wires. The flexible connectors may in turn be soldered to the BMU 3306. The BMU 3306 may be used for some or all of the battery cells in the device.

可提供用于容纳预期发生于电池单元3304的正常操作期间的膨胀的空隙 (称为膨胀空隙)3107。膨胀空隙3107可在外壳3102的底壁和电池单元3304 的下表面之间的PSA带之间的空间中提供。膨胀空隙3107还可在电池单元3304 上方的电池单元3304的顶表面与显示器组件3132的底表面之间的空间中提供。通过在电池单元3304下方提供膨胀空隙3107,电池单元3304与外壳3102之间的原本会被浪费的空间能够以具备生产价值的方式被利用。根据一个实施例,所有电池单元3304可焊接到同一BMU 3306上。A gap (referred to as an expansion gap) 3107 may be provided to accommodate the expansion expected to occur during normal operation of the battery cells 3304. Expansion gap 3107 may be provided in the space between the PSA tape between the bottom wall of the housing 3102 and the lower surface of the battery cells 3304. Expansion gap 3107 may also be provided above the battery cells 3304, between the top surface of the battery cells 3304 and the bottom surface of the display assembly 3132. Providing expansion gap 3107 below the battery cells 3304 allows for the utilization of otherwise wasted space between the battery cells 3304 and the housing 3102 in a production-friendly manner. According to one embodiment, all battery cells 3304 may be welded to the same BMU 3306.

如图23所示,一般在通过粘合剂保持于外壳3102上的它们的所希望的位置中的电池单元3304之间没有结构。为了利用电池单元3304之间的空间,连接器电缆3308可置于两个单元之间,如图23所示。在所示出的实施例中,该特定的连接器电缆3308连接MLB 3312和可与传感器耦接的传感器板200。该传感器可被设计用于感测可使便携式计算设备3100进行智能决策的事物。本质上,传感器可提供信息或提示,其有助于预计便携式计算设备将来的使用或用户的需求,以使设备3100可进行相应配置。在大多数情况下,传感器被配置为感测便携式计算设备3100周边的一个或更多个环境属性。这种环境属性可包括例如温度、环境光、运动、振动、压力、触摸、压力、噪声、方向、时间、力和/或其它。As shown in FIG23 , there is generally no structure between the battery cells 3304, which are held in their desired positions on the housing 3102 by adhesive. To utilize the space between the battery cells 3304, a connector cable 3308 may be placed between the two cells, as shown in FIG23 . In the illustrated embodiment, this particular connector cable 3308 connects the MLB 3312 to the sensor board 200, which may be coupled to a sensor. The sensor may be designed to sense information that enables the portable computing device 3100 to make intelligent decisions. Essentially, the sensor may provide information or cues that help anticipate the future use of the portable computing device or the user's needs, allowing the device 3100 to configure accordingly. In most cases, the sensor is configured to sense one or more environmental attributes surrounding the portable computing device 3100. Such environmental attributes may include, for example, temperature, ambient light, motion, vibration, pressure, touch, stress, noise, direction, time, force, and/or other environmental attributes.

因此,传感器可包括安装于传感器板3200上的天线近距离传感器、指南针、加速度计、陀螺仪以及霍尔效应传感器。传感器板3200可从磁体3202的区域始终沿电池单元3304的外围边缘至设备3100的接近RF天线3204之一的拐角地延伸,如图23所示。应当注意,指南针应置于传感器板3200上尽可能远离磁体3202的地方,以防干扰。传感器板3200还可连接于照相机3134、环境光传感器(ALS)3146和热传感器3148、以及滑动开关3116和音量开关3118。连接器电缆3308提供了将与传感器板3200耦接的所有元件与MLB 3312连接的通路。通过将电缆连接器3308置于两个电池单元3304之间的本已不使用的空间中,最小化元件在空腔中的总占用面积,并同时通过以更有效的方式利用空间来使Z堆叠高度最小化。此外,将加速度计和陀螺仪尽可能地远离MLB 3312及其电源迹线以将串扰最小化是重要的,因而位于电池单元3304之间的连接器电缆3308是将加速度计和陀螺仪连接至MLB 3312而同时保持它们尽可能远离的一种有效而整齐有序的方式。传感器板3200可通过使用在其顶表面具有泡沫层的PSA刚性地接合于外壳3102,以将传感器板3200向下偏向外壳3102。Thus, sensors may include an antenna proximity sensor, a compass, an accelerometer, a gyroscope, and a Hall-effect sensor mounted on the sensor board 3200. The sensor board 3200 may extend from the area of the magnet 3202 along the outer edge of the battery cell 3304 to a corner of the device 3100 proximate to one of the RF antennas 3204, as shown in FIG23 . It should be noted that the compass should be placed as far away from the magnet 3202 as possible on the sensor board 3200 to prevent interference. The sensor board 3200 may also be connected to the camera 3134, the ambient light sensor (ALS) 3146, and the thermal sensor 3148, as well as the slide switch 3116 and the volume switch 3118. A connector cable 3308 provides access to connect all components coupled to the sensor board 3200 to the MLB 3312. By placing the cable connector 3308 in the otherwise unused space between the two battery cells 3304, the total component footprint within the cavity is minimized, while also minimizing the Z stack height by utilizing the space more efficiently. Additionally, it is important to keep the accelerometer and gyroscope as far away as possible from the MLB 3312 and its power traces to minimize crosstalk, so the connector cable 3308 located between the battery cells 3304 is an efficient and neat way to connect the accelerometer and gyroscope to the MLB 3312 while keeping them as far away as possible. The sensor board 3200 can be rigidly bonded to the housing 3102 using a PSA with a foam layer on its top surface to bias the sensor board 3200 downward toward the housing 3102.

还可增加元件的密度。例如,在其它形式下会被考虑为分离的电路可被合并以共享单个连接器。例如,如上所讨论的,所有与传感器板3200耦接的元件可以通过单个连接与MLB 3312耦接,在这种情况下其为连接器电缆3312。此外,音频模块可包括麦克风和相关电路两者,其可与用于产生音频输出的音频电路共享一个挠性连接器。通过这种方式,内部元件的数量和总占用面积都可充分减少,而未对总体功能造成不利的影响。通过这种方式,可增加总的元件密度,而同时降低使用的互连件的数量。Component density can also be increased. For example, circuits that would otherwise be considered separate can be combined to share a single connector. For example, as discussed above, all components coupled to sensor board 3200 can be coupled to MLB 3312 via a single connection, which in this case is connector cable 3312. Additionally, an audio module can include both a microphone and associated circuitry, which can share a flexible connector with the audio circuitry used to generate the audio output. In this way, the number of internal components and the total footprint can be substantially reduced without adversely affecting overall functionality. In this way, the overall component density can be increased while simultaneously reducing the number of interconnects used.

图23-30示出了便携式计算设备3100的操作元件。该操作元件基本在单个层中被组织,以最小化便携式计算设备3100的Z堆叠高度。因此,便携式计算设备3100的内部元件中的大多数基本上在单个平面中。如下文更详细描述的,大多数元件可以直接安装于外壳3102。通过这种方式,将Z堆叠高度最小化,便携式计算设备3100可以以相对较低的成本具有较薄的剖面,并非常紧密、坚固、美观和符合人机工程学。Figures 23-30 illustrate the operating elements of the portable computing device 3100. The operating elements are organized substantially in a single layer to minimize the Z stack height of the portable computing device 3100. Thus, most of the internal components of the portable computing device 3100 are substantially in a single plane. As described in more detail below, most components can be mounted directly to the housing 3102. In this way, by minimizing the Z stack height, the portable computing device 3100 can have a relatively low profile and be very compact, strong, aesthetically pleasing, and ergonomic at a relatively low cost.

图23表示了便携式计算设备3100的内部顶视图,显示了各种内部元件的具体布置。在所示出的实施例中,内部元件可至少包括电池组件,其可包括三个独立的电池单元3304。独立的电池单元3304可通过使用粘合剂(如PSA带) 直接附接于外壳3102。还可使用其它类型的粘合剂或安装方法来将电池单元 3304附接到外壳3102。FIG23 illustrates a top view of the interior of the portable computing device 3100, showing the detailed arrangement of various internal components. In the illustrated embodiment, the internal components may include at least a battery assembly, which may include three individual battery cells 3304. The individual battery cells 3304 may be directly attached to the housing 3102 using an adhesive (e.g., PSA tape). Other types of adhesives or mounting methods may also be used to attach the battery cells 3304 to the housing 3102.

内部元件还可包括主逻辑板(MLB)3312,其可包括多个操作电路,如处理器、图形电路、(可选的)RF电路、半导体存储器(如FLASH)等。MLB 3312 可用电连接器的方式接收来自电池单元3304的电力。如图23所示,电池单元 3304和MLB 3312位于外壳3102中的空腔的中心,而大多数其它内部元件基本位于该空腔外围周围的同一平面中。如下文更详细描述的,通过利用薄的连接器(如挠性连接器),而且通过将连接器装入原本不会使用的空间中,来节省空间。通过这种方式,内部元件的总占用面积和Z堆叠高度可被最小化。将某些元件布置于周边还起到了将特定元件与其它元件隔离的作用,以通过防止例如串扰来提高那些元件的性能。The internal components may also include a main logic board (MLB) 3312, which may include multiple operating circuits such as a processor, graphics circuits, (optional) RF circuits, semiconductor memory (such as FLASH), etc. The MLB 3312 can receive power from the battery cell 3304 in the form of an electrical connector. As shown in Figure 23, the battery cell 3304 and the MLB 3312 are located in the center of the cavity in the housing 3102, while most of the other internal components are located in the same plane around the periphery of the cavity. As described in more detail below, space is saved by utilizing thin connectors (such as flexible connectors) and by fitting the connectors into spaces that would otherwise not be used. In this way, the total footprint and Z stack height of the internal components can be minimized. Placing certain components on the periphery also serves to isolate specific components from other components, thereby improving the performance of those components by preventing, for example, crosstalk.

内部元件还可包括扬声器模块3320,其可包括设置为将音频信号提供至可位于扬声器格栅3120下方的音频驱动器3322和3324的音频电路。音频驱动器 3322和3324又可提供听觉输出至扬声器3120。图29示出了所示出实施例的扬声器模块3320的更详细的视图。应当理解,音频驱动器3322和3324在图29 示出的视图中是不可见的。减震泡沫3350可置于扬声器模块3320的最接近传感器板3200上的传感器的一端的顶部和底部,以通过衰减来自扬声器模块3320 的振动来保护传感器,尤其是陀螺仪。扬声器模块3320底部上的泡沫3350还可用于产生对外壳3102的声学密封,因此所有来自扬声器模块3320的声音被引导至便携式计算设备100外部而不到其中。Internal components may also include a speaker module 3320, which may include audio circuitry configured to provide audio signals to audio drivers 3322 and 3324, which may be located below the speaker grille 3120. The audio drivers 3322 and 3324 may, in turn, provide audible output to the speaker 3120. FIG29 illustrates a more detailed view of the speaker module 3320 of the illustrated embodiment. It should be understood that the audio drivers 3322 and 3324 are not visible in the view shown in FIG29. Shock-absorbing foam 3350 may be placed on the top and bottom of the end of the speaker module 3320 closest to the sensors on the sensor board 3200 to protect the sensors, particularly the gyroscope, by attenuating vibrations from the speaker module 3320. The foam 3350 on the bottom of the speaker module 3320 also serves to create an acoustic seal with the housing 3102, so that all sound from the speaker module 3320 is directed outside the portable computing device 100 and not into it.

便携式计算设备3100还可包括多个天线,用于RF能量的发送和接收两者。例如,至少一个RF天线3204可并入外壳3102中的凹槽3206中。在所示出的实施例中,有两个RF天线3204,每个凹槽3206中放置一个RF天线。可在外壳3102中的RF天线3204的区域中提供无线电透明窗口3140,以实现更好的全面接收/发送。用于支持无线WiFi协议的另一天线3208可在外壳的外围边缘附近提供,以实现更好的天线性能。连接器电缆3210可将WiFi天线3208与 MLB 3312耦接。The portable computing device 3100 may also include multiple antennas for both transmitting and receiving RF energy. For example, at least one RF antenna 3204 may be incorporated into a recess 3206 in the housing 3102. In the illustrated embodiment, there are two RF antennas 3204, one positioned in each recess 3206. A radio-transparent window 3140 may be provided in the housing 3102 in the area of the RF antennas 3204 to enable better overall reception/transmission. Another antenna 3208 for supporting wireless WiFi protocols may be provided near the outer edge of the housing to achieve better antenna performance. A connector cable 3210 may couple the WiFi antenna 3208 to the MLB 3312.

在某些实施例中,便携式计算设备3100可支持多个不同的无线标准。例如,在便携式计算设备3100支持特定无线标准(如3G标准)的那些情况下,便携式计算设备3100可包括适合于该特定无线标准的无线电路。例如,如果便携式计算设备100符合3G,则MLB 3312可包括3G无线电路,其与位置和尺寸被适当确定的RF天线3204耦接。可替代地,在所示出的实施例中,RF天线可与无线电板3314耦接。在所示出的实施例中,无线电板3314经由挠性连接器 3316与MLB 3312耦接,如图23所示。应当注意,如上所讨论,外壳3102的一部分典型地替换为与RF天线3204协作的无线电透明窗口3140。In some embodiments, the portable computing device 3100 may support multiple different wireless standards. For example, in those cases where the portable computing device 3100 supports a specific wireless standard (such as the 3G standard), the portable computing device 3100 may include wireless circuitry appropriate for that specific wireless standard. For example, if the portable computing device 100 is 3G compliant, the MLB 3312 may include 3G wireless circuitry coupled to an appropriately positioned and sized RF antenna 3204. Alternatively, in the illustrated embodiment, the RF antenna may be coupled to a radio board 3314. In the illustrated embodiment, the radio board 3314 is coupled to the MLB 3312 via a flexible connector 3316, as shown in FIG. 23 . It should be noted that, as discussed above, a portion of the housing 3102 is typically replaced with a radio-transparent window 3140 that cooperates with the RF antenna 3204.

在所示出的实施例中,显示总线3344可通过显示连接器3346将显示驱动器电路连接至MLB 3312,如图23所示。在所描述实施例中,显示总线3344 可采用低压差分信号(LVDS)总线的形式。在所示出的实施例中,显示总线 3344可被配置为将该显示驱动器电路与MLB 3312连接,同时保持较薄的剖面,因为该显示总线3344被配置为平坦的,不论这种LVDS总线所需的导线的数量多少。在一个实施例中,显示总线3344包括30条导线,其可在特定部分进行捆扎,并然后在其它部分中散开为单层或两层。In the illustrated embodiment, the display bus 3344 can connect the display driver circuitry to the MLB 3312 via a display connector 3346, as shown in FIG23 . In the depicted embodiment, the display bus 3344 can take the form of a low voltage differential signaling (LVDS) bus. In the illustrated embodiment, the display bus 3344 can be configured to connect the display driver circuitry to the MLB 3312 while maintaining a relatively thin profile because the display bus 3344 is configured to be flat, regardless of the number of conductors required for such an LVDS bus. In one embodiment, the display bus 3344 includes 30 conductors, which can be bundled in certain sections and then spread out into a single or double layer in other sections.

图25示出了沿图24的线AA将电池单元3304和MLB 3312横切的截面 3600。图26示出了沿图27的线BB将电池单元3304横切的截面3700。特别地,截面3600和3700示出了所组装的内部元件的紧密性和减小的Z堆叠高度。如图26和27所示,位于显示器3132下方的元件(包括电池单元3304和MLB 3312) 基本处于同一平面。如所示出的,这些元件安装到外壳3102的基本平坦的底表面。为避免来自RF天线3204的RF传输的不必要的干扰,天线窗3140可由无线电透明材料(例如塑料、玻璃、陶瓷等)形成。显示模块电路3506可通过连接器3346的方式连接于LVDS总线3344,并用于驱动显示面板3132。图28示出了便携式计算设备3100的主要内部元件的分解透视图。图28还示出了适合于包封本文所述的便携式计算设备3100的操作元件的外壳3102的内部透视图。Figure 25 shows a cross-section 3600 taken along line AA in Figure 24 through the battery cell 3304 and MLB 3312. Figure 26 shows a cross-section 3700 taken along line BB in Figure 27 through the battery cell 3304. In particular, cross-sections 3600 and 3700 illustrate the compactness of the assembled internal components and the reduced Z stacking height. As shown in Figures 26 and 27, the components below the display 3132 (including the battery cell 3304 and MLB 3312) are substantially coplanar. As shown, these components are mounted to the substantially flat bottom surface of the housing 3102. To avoid unnecessary interference with RF transmissions from the RF antenna 3204, the antenna window 3140 can be formed from a radio-transparent material (e.g., plastic, glass, ceramic, etc.). The display module circuitry 3506 can be connected to the LVDS bus 3344 via connector 3346 and is used to drive the display panel 3132. Figure 28 shows an exploded perspective view of the major internal components of the portable computing device 3100. FIG. 28 also illustrates a perspective view of the interior of a housing 3102 suitable for enclosing the operational elements of a portable computing device 3100 as described herein.

显示器组件3132可通过利用各种机构被放置并固定于空腔中。在一个实施例中,显示系统3132可具有对齐孔,其可与外壳3102上的对齐孔对齐,以将显示器3132精确地对齐。临时固定件可用于将显示器3132中的对齐孔与外壳 3102的壁架3156中的对齐孔对齐,以使显示器较好地居中。当该临时固定件就位时,操作员能够将显示器3132用螺钉固定到外壳3102。显示器可以放置为与外壳3102的相邻部分齐平。通过这种方式,显示器可呈现视觉内容,其可包括视频、静态图像以及图标,例如图形用户界面(GUI),其可为用户提供信息(例如文本、对象、图形)并且接收用户提供的输入。在某些情况下,所显示的图标可由用户移动至显示器上更方便的位置。例如,可通过用户手动地将GUI从一个位置拖拽至更方便的位置来移动GUI。该显示器还可为用户提供由多个触觉致动器提供的触觉反馈,该多个触觉致动器通常但并不一定排列成并入显示器中的触觉致动器阵列。通过这种方式,触觉致动器可为用户提供触觉反馈。The display assembly 3132 can be placed and secured in the cavity using various mechanisms. In one embodiment, the display system 3132 may have alignment holes that can be aligned with the alignment holes on the housing 3102 to precisely align the display 3132. A temporary fixture can be used to align the alignment holes in the display 3132 with the alignment holes in the ledge 3156 of the housing 3102 to better center the display. When the temporary fixture is in place, the operator can screw the display 3132 to the housing 3102. The display can be placed flush with adjacent portions of the housing 3102. In this way, the display can present visual content, which may include video, static images, and icons, such as a graphical user interface (GUI), which can provide information (e.g., text, objects, graphics) to the user and receive input provided by the user. In some cases, the displayed icons can be moved by the user to a more convenient location on the display. For example, the GUI can be moved by the user manually dragging it from one location to a more convenient location. The display can also provide the user with tactile feedback provided by a plurality of tactile actuators, which are typically but not necessarily arranged into a tactile actuator array incorporated into the display. In this way, the tactile actuators can provide tactile feedback to the user.

在某些实施例中,显示掩模(未示出)可被应用于或并入盖体玻璃3106的内部或下方。该显示掩模可用于强调显示器的用于呈现视觉内容的未掩盖部分。该显示蒙板可用于设置较不明显的主页按钮3112,用于提供特定的输入,例如改变例如便携式计算设备3100的显示模式。该显示掩模可通过例如与主页按钮 3112在色调或颜色上较相近,从而将主页按钮3112绘制得较不明显。例如,如果主页按钮3112由比盖体玻璃3106的颜色略深(如灰色或黑色)的材料形成,则当相比于盖体玻璃3106的未掩盖部分时,利用颜色相似的显示掩模可降低主页按钮3112的视觉冲击。以这种方式,可以通过将其整合至显示掩模的整体外观来降低主页按钮3112的视觉冲击。此外,显示掩模可提供一种自然的机构,用于将观察者的注意力引导至显示器的用于呈现视觉内容的未掩盖区域。还可将PSA应用于盖体玻璃3106背面的显示掩模区域中,以提供支撑并还在盖体玻璃3106破碎的情况下作为安全玻璃。In certain embodiments, a display mask (not shown) may be applied to or incorporated within or beneath the cover glass 3106. This display mask may be used to emphasize the unmasked portion of the display used to present visual content. This display mask may be used to provide a less noticeable home button 3112 for providing specific inputs, such as changing the display mode of the portable computing device 3100. The display mask may be used to render the home button 3112 less noticeable, for example, by rendering it similar in hue or color to the home button 3112. For example, if the home button 3112 is formed from a material that is slightly darker than the cover glass 3106 (e.g., gray or black), utilizing a similarly colored display mask may reduce the visual impact of the home button 3112 when compared to the unmasked portion of the cover glass 3106. In this way, the visual impact of the home button 3112 may be reduced by integrating it into the overall appearance of the display mask. Furthermore, the display mask may provide a natural mechanism for directing the viewer's attention to the unmasked area of the display used to present visual content. PSA can also be applied in the display mask area on the back of the cover glass 3106 to provide support and also act as safety glass in the event that the cover glass 3106 breaks.

图23还示出了根据所描述实施例的SIM卡释放机构31100的一个实施例。 SIM卡释放机构31100可包括托盘31102(图28),适用于在SIM卡置于其上时固定SIM卡。也可在外壳3102的边缘处的磁体插槽3168处的外壳3102中提供嵌入式磁体3202。该磁体3202可结合分段式盖体组件而使用,该分段式盖体组件可用于便携式计算设备3100的被称为窥视(peek)模式的操作。当盖体组件的一段从玻璃盖体3106升高时,便携式计算设备3100中的传感器可检测到该段盖体组件,并且只有该段从玻璃盖体3106升高。一旦检测到,便携式计算设备3100可仅触发显示器3132的所暴露的部分。例如,便携式计算设备3100 可应用霍尔效应传感器来检测该段已经从玻璃盖体3106升高。在所示出的实施例中,霍尔效应传感器可安装于传感器板3200上。图22示出了用于霍尔效应传感器的附接点3166。其它传感器(例如光学传感器)然后可检测是否仅该段被升高,或是否有其它段被升高。这种传感器位于邻近磁体3202的传感器板 3200附近并与其耦接。FIG23 also illustrates one embodiment of a SIM card release mechanism 31100 according to the described embodiments. The SIM card release mechanism 31100 may include a tray 31102 ( FIG28 ) adapted to secure a SIM card when placed thereon. Embedded magnets 3202 may also be provided in the housing 3102 at magnet slots 3168 at the edge of the housing 3102. These magnets 3202 may be used in conjunction with a segmented cover assembly, which may enable operation of the portable computing device 3100 in a so-called peek mode. When a segment of the cover assembly is raised from the glass cover 3106, a sensor in the portable computing device 3100 may detect that segment of the cover assembly has been raised from the glass cover 3106. Upon detection, the portable computing device 3100 may activate only the exposed portion of the display 3132. For example, the portable computing device 3100 may employ a Hall effect sensor to detect that the segment has been raised from the glass cover 3106. In the embodiment shown, a Hall effect sensor can be mounted on the sensor plate 3200. FIG22 shows an attachment point 3166 for the Hall effect sensor. Other sensors (e.g., optical sensors) can then detect whether only that segment is raised, or whether other segments are raised. Such sensors are located near the sensor plate 3200 adjacent to the magnet 3202 and are coupled thereto.

便携式计算设备3100可包括一个或更多个按钮组件,通过该按钮组件,便携式计算设备3100的用户可触发各种功能。可通过便携式计算机设备3100中的盖体玻璃3106的表面或者通过便携式计算设备3100的单件外壳3102的正面、侧面或背面部分安装按钮组件。该按钮组件可被设计用于当触发按钮组件的功能时,为用户提供期望的触觉反馈。此外,结合便携式计算设备3100的外表面和内部的连接点的设计,可设计按钮组件以在中性“未按下”状态下使其位置与外表面近似相平齐,即使具有位于距按钮组件顶部一定距离处的内部电路板。The portable computing device 3100 may include one or more button assemblies through which a user of the portable computing device 3100 can trigger various functions. The button assembly can be mounted via a surface of the cover glass 3106 in the portable computing device 3100 or via a front, side, or back portion of the single-piece housing 3102 of the portable computing device 3100. The button assembly can be designed to provide a desired tactile feedback to the user when the function of the button assembly is triggered. Furthermore, in conjunction with the design of the connection points on the exterior surface and interior of the portable computing device 3100, the button assembly can be designed to be positioned approximately flush with the exterior surface in a neutral, "unpressed" state, even with an internal circuit board located some distance from the top of the button assembly.

图30示出了根据所描述实施例的通过便携式计算设备3100的盖体玻璃 3106所安装的主页按钮组件3802的第一截面透视图3800。该主页按钮组件3802 可包括外部平坦或弯曲的按钮体3112,其与盖体玻璃3106的外表面近似相齐平。凸缘3804可安装于外部按钮3112的下侧(或与其一体地形成)并且在盖体玻璃3106下侧以下延伸。中心柱3806可安装于位于触觉开关单元3808上方的外部按钮体3112的下侧(或与其一体地形成),触觉开关单元3808可安装于托架3820。该托架3820可由金属(例如不锈钢)形成,并可通过粘合剂3826(例如PSA)粘附于盖体玻璃3106。在中性“未按下”状态下,中心柱3806可距触觉开关单元3808一定距离。当按下外部按钮体3112时,中心柱3806可用导致触觉开关单元3808中的接触电路闭合的方式与触觉开关单元3808接触。触觉开关单元3808的使用可让便携式计算设备3100的用户在按压外部按钮体 3112表面上的不同位置时,能够体验到不同的“感觉”,因为外部按钮体3112能够以触觉开关单元3808的顶部为枢轴而旋转。FIG30 illustrates a first cross-sectional perspective view 3800 of a home button assembly 3802 mounted through the cover glass 3106 of a portable computing device 3100 in accordance with the described embodiments. The home button assembly 3802 can include an outer, flat or curved, button body 3112 that is approximately flush with the outer surface of the cover glass 3106. A flange 3804 can be mounted to (or integrally formed with) the underside of the outer button 3112 and extend below the underside of the cover glass 3106. A center post 3806 can be mounted to (or integrally formed with) the underside of the outer button body 3112 above a tactile switch unit 3808, which can be mounted to a bracket 3820. The bracket 3820 can be formed of metal (e.g., stainless steel) and can be adhered to the cover glass 3106 via an adhesive 3826 (e.g., PSA). In a neutral, "unpressed" state, the center post 3806 can be spaced apart from the tactile switch unit 3808. When the outer button body 3112 is pressed, the center post 3806 may contact the tactile switch unit 3808 in a manner that causes a contact circuit in the tactile switch unit 3808 to close. The use of the tactile switch unit 3808 allows the user of the portable computing device 3100 to experience different "feelings" when pressing different locations on the surface of the outer button body 3112 because the outer button body 3112 can rotate with the top of the tactile switch unit 3808 as a pivot.

便携式计算设备3100的内部元件可包括柔性电路或电线3818,作为按下外部按钮3802的结果信号可通过其进行传导。电线3818可位于距触觉开关单元 3808的接触点一定距离的位置。该距离可使触觉开关单元3808无法直接安装在电线3818上,因为外部按钮体3112的中心柱3806的移动距离会太短,从而在按下时无法到达触觉开关单元3808以触发功能。电线3818还可在直接位于外部按钮体3112下方的区域中包括防止将触觉开关单元3808直接安装于电线 3818的元件。相反,可设置电线3818和触觉开关单元3808之间的连接。Internal components of the portable computing device 3100 may include a flexible circuit or wire 3818 through which a signal is conducted as a result of pressing the external button 3802. The wire 3818 may be located a certain distance from the contact point of the tactile switch unit 3808. This distance may prevent the tactile switch unit 3808 from being directly mounted on the wire 3818, as the travel distance of the central post 3806 of the external button body 3112 would be too short to reach the tactile switch unit 3808 when pressed to trigger the function. The wire 3818 may also include a component in the area directly below the external button body 3112 that prevents the tactile switch unit 3808 from being directly mounted on the wire 3818. Instead, a connection between the wire 3818 and the tactile switch unit 3808 may be provided.

如图30所示,触觉开关单元3808可安装于中间的印刷电路板3810。在某些实现方式中,中间印刷电路板3810可通过柔性电缆连接于柔性电路或电线 3818;然而,这种连接可将组装过程复杂化。在某些实施例中,柔性电缆连接可能无法实现简单的机器自动组装,而需要技术人员手动组装。图30所示出的代表性实施例通过一对导电柱3814/3816和一对导电板3812/3813使得能够从中间印刷电路板3810连接到电线3818,从而避免了手动组装。例如,第一导电柱 3814可连接于通过电线3818供应的DC功率电平,而第二导电柱3816可连接于电线3818中的GND电平。导电柱3814和3816可连接于分别安装在中间印刷电路板3810的下侧的分离的导电板3812和3813。加强构件可置于导电柱3814 和3816下方,以提高刚度。As shown in Figure 30 , the tactile switch unit 3808 can be mounted on a central printed circuit board 3810. In some implementations, the central printed circuit board 3810 can be connected to a flexible circuit or wire 3818 via a flexible cable; however, this connection can complicate the assembly process. In some embodiments, the flexible cable connection may not allow for simple machine-automated assembly, requiring manual assembly by a technician. The representative embodiment shown in Figure 30 utilizes a pair of conductive posts 3814/3816 and a pair of conductive plates 3812/3813 to enable connection from the central printed circuit board 3810 to the wire 3818, thus eliminating manual assembly. For example, the first conductive post 3814 can be connected to a DC power level supplied by the wire 3818, while the second conductive post 3816 can be connected to a GND level on the wire 3818. The conductive posts 3814 and 3816 can be connected to separate conductive plates 3812 and 3813, respectively, mounted on the underside of the central printed circuit board 3810. Reinforcement members may be placed beneath conductive posts 3814 and 3816 to increase rigidity.

按压该外部按钮体3112可将触觉开关单元3808中的电路闭合,其将第一导电柱3814连接于第二导电柱3816,进而允许流动电流,其可直接或间接触发便携式计算设备3100的功能。除提供导电路径之外,导电柱3814和3816可被确定尺寸并置于中间印刷电路板3810和电线3818之间,从而为便携式计算设备3100的用户“调整”按钮组件3802的触感。例如,导电柱3814和3816的位置可以彼此更加接近,或相距更远,并且中间印刷电路板3810的厚度可以改变,进而增加或减少按下外部按钮3802时可产生的弯曲性,以接触该触觉开关单元 3808。Depressing the outer button body 3112 closes a circuit in the tactile switch unit 3808, connecting the first conductive post 3814 to the second conductive post 3816, thereby allowing current to flow, which can directly or indirectly trigger a function of the portable computing device 3100. In addition to providing a conductive path, the conductive posts 3814 and 3816 can be sized and positioned between the intermediate printed circuit board 3810 and the wire 3818 to "tune" the tactile feel of the button assembly 3802 for a user of the portable computing device 3100. For example, the conductive posts 3814 and 3816 can be positioned closer to each other or further apart, and the thickness of the intermediate printed circuit board 3810 can be varied to increase or decrease the flexure that occurs when the outer button 3802 is pressed to contact the tactile switch unit 3808.

如图30所示,中间电路板3810可安装至触觉开关单元3808。图31示出了具有凸缘3804的主页按钮组件的简化顶视图,该凸缘从外部按钮体3112下方延伸出一小部分。该外部按钮体3112的顶部可包括方向标记3822,其可帮助用户定位外部按钮体3112并且引导用户在外部按钮体的适当位置进行按压。该方向标记3822可采用不同的形式,包括触觉突起点或指南针点(例如北极(N) 和南极(S))标记。在便携式计算设备3100的操作过程中,用户可在外部按钮体3112表面非中心的位置进行按压。可在方向标记3822周围提供弯曲或反转环3824。As shown in Figure 30, the intermediate circuit board 3810 can be mounted to the tactile switch unit 3808. Figure 31 shows a simplified top view of the home button assembly having a flange 3804 that extends a small portion from under the outer button body 3112. The top of the outer button body 3112 may include a direction mark 3822, which can help the user locate the outer button body 3112 and guide the user to press the appropriate position of the outer button body. The direction mark 3822 can take different forms, including tactile protrusions or compass point (e.g., North Pole (N) and South Pole (S)) markings. During operation of the portable computing device 3100, the user can press at a non-center position on the surface of the outer button body 3112. A curved or reverse ring 3824 can be provided around the direction mark 3822.

按钮组件也可通过包封便携式计算设备3100的单件外壳3102的一部分来安装。由于该单件外壳3102可以相对较薄,以减少便携式计算设备3100的重量,因而外壳3102中的开口可影响外壳3102在开口附近的部分的结构完整性。对于相对较大的开口,结构支撑部分可包括于外壳3102内部,以提高刚度;然而,按钮组件仍然可要求通过该结构支撑部分的入口。可以希望通过该结构支撑部分的开口的尺寸最小化,从而当使用可以使用外壳3102中的相对较大开口的相对较大外部按钮时,保持所希望的结构支撑的强度。The button assembly can also be mounted through a portion of a single-piece housing 3102 that encloses the portable computing device 3100. Because the single-piece housing 3102 can be relatively thin to reduce the weight of the portable computing device 3100, an opening in the housing 3102 can affect the structural integrity of the portion of the housing 3102 near the opening. For relatively large openings, a structural support portion can be included inside the housing 3102 to increase rigidity; however, the button assembly can still require access through the structural support portion. It can be desirable to minimize the size of the opening through the structural support portion to maintain the desired strength of the structural support when using relatively large external buttons that can utilize a relatively large opening in the housing 3102.

在某些实施例中,便携式计算设备3100可包括照相机模块3134,被配置为提供静态和视频图像。布置可被广泛地改变,并可包括一个或更多个位置,包括例如设备的正面和背面,即一个通过背面外壳,另一个通过显示器窗口。如图21所示,可以有背面照相机窗口3138通过该外壳3102。还可提供正面照相机窗口3139(图33)用于通过显示器窗口的正面的照相机。图23示出了照相机模块3134处的通过设备3100前方的显示器窗口的照相机窗口。In certain embodiments, the portable computing device 3100 may include a camera module 3134 configured to provide both still and video images. The arrangement may vary widely and may include one or more locations, including, for example, the front and back of the device, i.e., one through the back housing and the other through a display window. As shown in FIG21 , a back camera window 3138 may be provided through the housing 3102. A front camera window 3139 ( FIG33 ) may also be provided for a camera that is positioned on the front side of the device 3100 through the display window. FIG23 illustrates a camera window at the camera module 3134 through the display window on the front of the device 3100.

照相机模块3134可通过利用显示器3132的底表面所提供的对齐销3130与显示器3132相对齐,如图23所示。这些对齐销3130与图23所示的照相机模块3134的顶表面中的孔3152和插槽3154对齐。这些对齐销3130和照相机模块中的相应的孔3152及插槽3154有助于在x和y方向上将照相机3134与显示器3132相对齐。如图34所示,在照相机模块3134下方延伸并从侧边围绕到照相机模块3134顶部的挠性连接器3160可将该照相机模块3134、ALS3146以及热传感器3148全部与传感器板3200耦接,该传感器板3200又连接于MLB。The camera module 3134 can be aligned with the display 3132 by utilizing alignment pins 3130 provided on the bottom surface of the display 3132, as shown in FIG23. These alignment pins 3130 align with holes 3152 and slots 3154 in the top surface of the camera module 3134, as shown in FIG23. These alignment pins 3130 and the corresponding holes 3152 and slots 3154 in the camera module help align the camera 3134 with the display 3132 in the x and y directions. As shown in FIG34, a flexible connector 3160 extending below the camera module 3134 and wrapping around the sides to the top of the camera module 3134 can couple the camera module 3134, the ALS 3146, and the thermal sensor 3148 to the sensor board 3200, which in turn is connected to the MLB.

还可在照相机模块3134的区域上提供环境光传感器(ALS)3146和热传感器3148。该ALS 3146可感测设备3100何时处于暗的环境中或设备3100何时处于明亮的环境中。环境光可包括便携式计算设备3100周围的光,其由日光、白炽灯光、荧光等产生。如果便携式计算设备3100处于暗的环境中,则便携式计算设备3100的显示器3132可降低功率以使亮度更低并节省电池电力。相反地,如果便携式计算设备3100处于明亮的环境中,则显示器3132可提高功率以增加亮度。例如,当ALS 3146感测到环境光水平降低了一定量或达到预定或指定的暗度水平时,可使显示器3132变暗,而当ALS 3146感测到环境光水平提高了一定量或达到预定或指定的亮度水平时,可使显示器3132变亮。An ambient light sensor (ALS) 3146 and a thermal sensor 3148 may also be provided in the area of the camera module 3134. The ALS 3146 can sense when the device 3100 is in a dark environment or when the device 3100 is in a bright environment. Ambient light may include light surrounding the portable computing device 3100, such as sunlight, incandescent light, fluorescent light, etc. If the portable computing device 3100 is in a dark environment, the display 3132 of the portable computing device 3100 may be powered down to reduce brightness and conserve battery power. Conversely, if the portable computing device 3100 is in a bright environment, the display 3132 may be powered up to increase brightness. For example, when the ALS 3146 senses that the ambient light level has decreased by a certain amount or reached a predetermined or specified darkness level, the display 3132 may be dimmed, and when the ALS 3146 senses that the ambient light level has increased by a certain amount or reached a predetermined or specified brightness level, the display 3132 may be brightened.

在某些情况下,可使用多个环境光传感器。这可有助于产生对环境光的更加精确的读数,例如通过求均值。这还可有助于确定便携式计算设备3100是否真正处于暗的环境中,而不是光线被阻止到达ALS 3146时的情况(例如,如果一个传感器被阻止,其它传感器仍感测到周围环境)。In some cases, multiple ambient light sensors may be used. This can help produce a more accurate reading of the ambient light, for example by averaging the values. This can also help determine whether the portable computing device 3100 is truly in a dark environment, rather than a situation where light is blocked from reaching the ALS 3146 (e.g., if one sensor is blocked, the other sensors may still sense the surrounding environment).

热传感器3148可为设备3100提供温度数据以防止过热。热传感器3148可区分外部热量和内部热量。例如,热传感器3148可区分设备3100所接收的来自太阳光的热量与设备3100的内部元件产生的热量。Thermal sensor 3148 can provide temperature data to device 3100 to prevent overheating. Thermal sensor 3148 can distinguish between external heat and internal heat. For example, thermal sensor 3148 can distinguish between heat received by device 3100 from sunlight and heat generated by internal components of device 3100.

在照相机模块3134被置于凹槽3136之前,具有ALS 3146和热传感器3148 的照相机模块3134可通过首先预装入泡沫支撑于凹槽3136中来安装于该外壳。该泡沫支撑可使照相机模块3134偏向显示器组件3132,而照相机模块3134使用例如PSA粘附于显示器组件。由于ALS 3146和热传感器3148接近于盖体玻璃3106,因此不需要光导管或导光器。传感器可位于显示器3132附近,从而利用典型地覆盖并保护显示器3132的窗口和盖体玻璃3106。通过这种方式,传感器还可从视野中隐藏。还可提供光漫射器。Before the camera module 3134 is placed in the recess 3136, the camera module 3134, including the ALS 3146 and thermal sensor 3148, can be mounted to the housing by first pre-installing a foam support in the recess 3136. This foam support can bias the camera module 3134 toward the display assembly 3132, to which the camera module 3134 is adhered using, for example, PSA. Because the ALS 3146 and thermal sensor 3148 are close to the cover glass 3106, no light pipe or light guide is required. The sensor can be located near the display 3132, thereby utilizing the window and cover glass 3106 that typically cover and protect the display 3132. In this way, the sensor can also be hidden from view. A light diffuser can also be provided.

图35示出了一种流程图,描述了根据所描述实施例的用于组装便携式计算设备的内部元件的过程31500。过程31500开始于31502,其接收适用于对便携式计算设备的内部元件进行包封和支撑的外壳。在所描述实施例中,可形成该外壳以包括具有基本平坦的底表面的空腔。该外壳还可被形成为沿外围边缘部分具有用于接收元件的较小凹槽。该元件可包括,例如,电池组件、主印刷电路板、主逻辑板、按钮、扬声器模块等。该外壳可利用任何熟知的加工操作来形成。一旦在31504中该外壳已经被接收,在31506处元件可被插入空腔中并且在31508处直接与外壳的内表面相接触。一旦其直接置于外壳的基本平坦的内表面之上,在31510处该元件可通过使用任何熟知的附接过程(如粘结、接合、环氧树脂、焊接等)附接于该外壳。Figure 35 shows a flow chart describing a process 31500 for assembling internal components of a portable computing device according to the described embodiment. Process 31500 begins at 31502 with receiving a housing suitable for enclosing and supporting the internal components of the portable computing device. In the described embodiment, the housing can be formed to include a cavity with a substantially flat bottom surface. The housing can also be formed with smaller recesses along the peripheral edge portions for receiving components. These components can include, for example, a battery assembly, a main printed circuit board, a main logic board, buttons, a speaker module, etc. The housing can be formed using any well-known machining operation. Once the housing has been received at 31504, the component can be inserted into the cavity at 31506 and brought into direct contact with the inner surface of the housing at 31508. Once directly placed on the substantially flat inner surface of the housing, the component can be attached to the housing at 31510 using any well-known attachment process (e.g., adhesive bonding, epoxy, welding, etc.).

大量制造的便携式电子设备可包括具有各种几何形状的表面的计算机数控(CNC)加工的金属合金部件。代表性的便携式电子设备可包括便携式媒体设备、便携式通信设备以及便携式计算设备,例如加利福尼亚库比蒂诺的苹果公司制造的和便携式电子设备的触觉和视觉外观两者可增加消费者对该便携式电子设备的需求。金属合金可提供轻量的材料,其表现出期望的特性(如强度和热传导性),非常适合作为便携式电子设备的壳体。代表性的金属合金可包括铝合金。便携式电子设备的触觉和视觉外观都可增加消费者对该设备的需求。由金属合金加工而成的装饰性外层可被切削成期望的形状并抛光成为所期望的反光和/或哑光的外观。在某些实施例中,可以期望一种具有视觉上均匀平滑的外观的连续平滑的形状。Portable electronic devices manufactured in large quantities may include computer numerical control (CNC) machined metal alloy components with surfaces of various geometric shapes. Representative portable electronic devices may include portable media devices, portable communication devices, and portable computing devices, such as those manufactured by Apple Inc. of Cupertino, California. The tactile and visual appearance of portable electronic devices may increase consumer demand for the portable electronic devices. Metal alloys can provide lightweight materials that exhibit desirable properties (such as strength and thermal conductivity) and are very suitable as housings for portable electronic devices. Representative metal alloys may include aluminum alloys. The tactile and visual appearance of portable electronic devices may increase consumer demand for the devices. Decorative outer layers machined from metal alloys may be cut into desired shapes and polished to desired reflective and/or matte finishes. In certain embodiments, a continuous smooth shape with a visually uniform and smooth appearance may be desired.

大量制造还可以需要最小的处理时间。利用单个切削工具将铝坯进行加工以形成便携式电子设备的壳体的外表面可减少所需处理时间。利用单个连续的优化路径进行加工可得到“粗糙的”切削表面,其可需最少的砂纸打磨和抛光来生成视觉上平滑的成品,而具有不同截面的区域之间没有视觉上可辨别出的中断。弯曲区域可平滑地过渡至平坦区域,包括沿拐角区域,而表面外观上没有任何视觉变化。High-volume manufacturing can also require minimal processing time. Using a single cutting tool to machine an aluminum billet to form the exterior surface of a housing for a portable electronic device can reduce the required processing time. Machining using a single, continuous, optimized path can produce a "rough" cut surface that requires minimal sanding and polishing to produce a visually smooth finished product with no visually discernible discontinuities between regions of different cross-sections. Curved areas can transition smoothly to flat areas, including along corners, without any visual change in surface appearance.

图36示出了便携式电子设备的壳体4100的代表性实施例的截面。该截面示出了用于壳体4100表面的形状,其可包括四个不同的区域,包括第一平坦顶部边缘区域4102,其在截面中可为直线,邻近于壳体4100顶部中的可放置便携式电子设备的元件的开口。当从安装于便携式电子设备中的显示器上直接观看时,该平坦顶部边缘区域4102可面向便携式电子设备的用户。该平坦顶部区域 4102可用加工工具的单次连续切削而成形,并且抛光为高度反光表面的外观。该平坦顶部区域4102也可被称为“跑道”边缘。壳体4100的截面还可包括两个连接在一起的弯曲区域、可从平坦顶部边缘区域4102过渡至样条形区域4106 的弧形区域4104。该弧形区域4104可具有相对高于样条区域4106的曲率。壳体4100的截面还可包括平坦底部区域4108,其可从样条区域4106平滑地过渡。具有多个切削表面的单个切削工具可用于通过如本文所描述的使用单条连续切削路径将壳体4100的外表面成形为具有图1所示的截面。FIG36 illustrates a cross-section of a representative embodiment of a housing 4100 for a portable electronic device. The cross-section illustrates the shape used for the surface of housing 4100, which may include four distinct regions, including a first flat top edge region 4102, which may be a straight line in cross-section and located adjacent to an opening in the top portion of housing 4100 where components of the portable electronic device may be placed. This flat top edge region 4102 may face the user of the portable electronic device when viewed directly from a display mounted in the portable electronic device. This flat top region 4102 may be formed using a single, continuous cut with a machining tool and polished to a highly reflective surface. This flat top region 4102 may also be referred to as a "racetrack" edge. The cross-section of housing 4100 may also include two connected curved regions, an arcuate region 4104 that may transition from flat top edge region 4102 to a spline-shaped region 4106. This arcuate region 4104 may have a relatively higher curvature than the spline region 4106. The cross-section of the housing 4100 may also include a flat bottom region 4108 that may smoothly transition from the spline region 4106. A single cutting tool having multiple cutting surfaces may be used to shape the outer surface of the housing 4100 to have the cross-section shown in FIG1 using a single continuous cutting path as described herein.

图37示出了具有三个不同部分的代表性切削工具4200的截面,每个部分可被成形为提供切削表面,以便对如图36所示的便携式电子设备的壳体4100 的一个或更多个区域进行加工。该切削工具4200可安装于CNC机器中,按一恒定的速度旋转并在三维坐标系中位于不同的方向上,以将金属合金坯成形为所期望的外表面形状。特别地,CNC机器可允许“z”方向上的移动,以提供下冲(负“z”)和上升(正“z”)。该CNC机器还可允许以预定的连续路径在“x-y”方向上移动。切削工具4200的平坦顶部边缘部分4202可用于使壳体4100的平坦顶部边缘区域4102成形。切削工具4200的弯曲部分4204可用于使弧形区域 4104和样条区域4106成形,而切削工具4200的平坦底部4206可用于使壳体 4100的平坦底部区域4108成形。切削工具4200的弯曲部分4204可为凸形的,如可为由切削工具4200的弯曲部分4204成形的壳体4100的弯曲区域。在切削工具4200沿连续的预定路径移动时,切削工具4200的每个相邻的区域可相继连续使用。当使用切削工具4200的不同部分之间改变时,仔细地改变路径的“z”方向可最小化沿壳体4100的表面的区域之间的急剧的过渡。“z”方向可正交于壳体4100的底部表面,而“x-y”方向可以沿壳体4100的边缘以及底部表面。Figure 37 shows a cross section of a representative cutting tool 4200 with three different parts, each of which can be shaped to provide a cutting surface so that one or more areas of the housing 4100 of a portable electronic device as shown in Figure 36 are processed. The cutting tool 4200 can be installed in a CNC machine, rotated at a constant speed and positioned in different directions in a three-dimensional coordinate system to shape the metal alloy billet into a desired outer surface shape. In particular, the CNC machine can allow movement in the "z" direction to provide undershoot (negative "z") and rise (positive "z"). The CNC machine can also allow movement in the "x-y" direction with a predetermined continuous path. The flat top edge portion 4202 of the cutting tool 4200 can be used to shape the flat top edge region 4102 of the housing 4100. The curved portion 4204 of the cutting tool 4200 can be used to shape the arc region 4104 and the spline region 4106, while the flat bottom 4206 of the cutting tool 4200 can be used to shape the flat bottom region 4108 of the housing 4100. The curved portion 4204 of the cutting tool 4200 can be convex, as can be the curved area of the housing 4100 formed by the curved portion 4204 of the cutting tool 4200. As the cutting tool 4200 moves along a continuous predetermined path, each adjacent area of the cutting tool 4200 can be used successively. When changing between different parts of the cutting tool 4200, carefully changing the "z" direction of the path can minimize sharp transitions between areas along the surface of the housing 4100. The "z" direction can be orthogonal to the bottom surface of the housing 4100, while the "x-y" direction can be along the edge of the housing 4100 as well as the bottom surface.

图38A-D示出了用于切削工具4200的若干个位置,以利用切削工具4200 的不同表面使壳体4100的不同区域成形。如图38A中的图式4300所示,可设置与切削工具4200的颈体最接近的平坦顶部边缘部分4202以使壳体4100的平坦顶部边缘区域4102成形。该平坦顶部边缘区域4102可沿一条连续路径形成。在使该平坦顶部边缘区域4102成形之后,切削工具4200可过渡到使壳体4100 的弯曲区域成形。如图38B中的图式4310所示,最接近平坦顶部边缘区域4202 的切削工具4200的弯曲部分4204的上部可用于形成壳体4100的弧形区域4104。如图38C中的图式4320所示,切削工具4200的弯曲部分4204的下部可用于使壳体4100的样条区域4106成形。在CNC机器将切削工具4200沿壳体 4100的外表面移动时,切削工具4200的弯曲部分4204可相对于壳体4100的方向上连续地移动。在CNC机器提升切削工具4200以在“z”方向上升高时,切削工具4200的弯曲部分4204的不同部分可接触并成形壳体4100的不同区域。尽管在图中未示出,但是CNC机器在对壳体4100的表面进行切削时,还可按不同角度将切削工具倾斜。如图38D中的图式4330所示,切削工具4200的平坦底部4206可用于形成壳体4100的平坦底部区域4108。该CNC机器可在连续螺旋状路径中移动该切削工具4200,以形成平坦顶部区域4102、弧形区域4104 以及样条区域4106。可改变“z”方向上的升高,以确保所成形的壳体4100的均匀表面,在对加工形成的壳体4100的粗糙切削表面进行砂纸打磨和抛光之后,没有可见的连接处或过渡。Figures 38A-D illustrate several positions for the cutting tool 4200 to shape different areas of the housing 4100 using different surfaces of the cutting tool 4200. As shown in diagram 4300 in Figure 38A, a flat top edge portion 4202 closest to the neck of the cutting tool 4200 can be positioned to shape the flat top edge region 4102 of the housing 4100. The flat top edge region 4102 can be formed along a continuous path. After shaping the flat top edge region 4102, the cutting tool 4200 can transition to shaping the curved region of the housing 4100. As shown in diagram 4310 in Figure 38B, the upper portion of the curved portion 4204 of the cutting tool 4200 closest to the flat top edge region 4202 can be used to form the curved region 4104 of the housing 4100. As shown in diagram 4320 in FIG38C , the lower portion of the curved portion 4204 of the cutting tool 4200 can be used to shape the spline region 4106 of the housing 4100. As the CNC machine moves the cutting tool 4200 along the outer surface of the housing 4100, the curved portion 4204 of the cutting tool 4200 can continuously move relative to the direction of the housing 4100. As the CNC machine lifts the cutting tool 4200 to increase in the "z" direction, different portions of the curved portion 4204 of the cutting tool 4200 can contact and shape different areas of the housing 4100. Although not shown in the figure, the CNC machine can also tilt the cutting tool at different angles while cutting the surface of the housing 4100. As shown in diagram 4330 in FIG38D , the flat bottom 4206 of the cutting tool 4200 can be used to form the flat bottom region 4108 of the housing 4100. The CNC machine can move the cutting tool 4200 in a continuous spiral path to form the flat top region 4102, the curved region 4104, and the spline region 4106. The elevation in the "z" direction can be varied to ensure a uniform surface of the formed shell 4100, with no visible joins or transitions after sanding and polishing the rough cut surface of the machined shell 4100.

可选择切削工具4200的路径,以提供壳体4100的不同区域之间的过渡,而在切削工具4200与壳体4100之间的接触的摩擦力没有急剧的变化。通过在区域之间的过渡期间确保切削工具4200与壳体4100之间的恒定的接触力和均匀平滑变化的摩擦负载,可使壳体4100的表面成形,而没有可损坏壳体4100 的最终表面的外表的不规则的切口,如凿槽、凹口或表面扭曲。用于切削工具 4200的连续螺旋状路径可保持不同区域间的平滑过渡。切削工具4200所受的摩擦负载可随切削工具4200与壳体4100之间接触的表面面积的量而变化。壳体 4100的表面的会特别注意以确定切削工具路径的关键区域包括壳体4100表面的截面的不同形状之间的过渡区域。将切削工具4200所用的连续螺旋状路径的连续环路之间的间隔变窄可最小化摩擦负载的急剧变化,从而确保壳体4100的均匀切削表面。过渡区域可包括从平坦顶部边缘区域4102到弧形区域4104的过渡、从弧形区域4104到样条区域4106的过渡以及从样条区域4106到平坦底部区域4108的过渡。图39示出了用于切削工具路径4402的样条区域4106与平坦底部区域4108之间的过渡区域4404的图式4400,其表示了切削工具4200 中心的移动。可包括高曲率(如弧形区域4104中的高曲率区域4406)的壳体 4100表面的截面区域也可得益于切削工具4200的连续路径的连续环路之间的间隔的变窄。The path of the cutting tool 4200 can be selected to provide transitions between different areas of the housing 4100 without abrupt changes in the frictional force of the contact between the cutting tool 4200 and the housing 4100. By ensuring a constant contact force and a uniform, smoothly varying frictional load between the cutting tool 4200 and the housing 4100 during the transition between areas, the surface of the housing 4100 can be shaped without irregular cuts, such as gouges, notches, or surface distortions, that could mar the appearance of the final surface of the housing 4100. The continuous spiral path for the cutting tool 4200 maintains a smooth transition between the different areas. The frictional load experienced by the cutting tool 4200 can vary depending on the amount of surface area in contact between the cutting tool 4200 and the housing 4100. Critical areas of the housing 4100 surface that are particularly important for determining the cutting tool path include transition areas between different cross-sectional shapes of the housing 4100 surface. Narrowing the intervals between successive loops of the continuous spiral path used by the cutting tool 4200 can minimize sharp changes in friction load, thereby ensuring a uniform cutting surface for the housing 4100. Transition regions can include a transition from the flat top edge region 4102 to the arcuate region 4104, a transition from the arcuate region 4104 to the spline region 4106, and a transition from the spline region 4106 to the flat bottom region 4108. FIG39 illustrates a diagram 4400 of the transition region 4404 between the spline region 4106 and the flat bottom region 4108 of the cutting tool path 4402, illustrating the movement of the center of the cutting tool 4200. Cross-sectional areas of the housing 4100 surface that may include high curvature, such as the high curvature region 4406 in the arcuate region 4104, can also benefit from narrowing the intervals between successive loops of the continuous path of the cutting tool 4200.

图40示出了具有工具路径4402的图式4500,工具路径4402在“z”方向上具有可变的节距,其可用于切削工具4200沿连续螺旋状路径的连续环路。由于该切削工具4200从固态金属合金块(如铝坯)开始使壳体4100成形,因而工具路径中心4502可大致遵循壳体4100表面形状。在切削工具4200沿着连续螺旋状路径移动时,切削工具4200可跟随绕壳体4100的连续螺旋状路径,缓慢增加“z”高度。图40示出了对于关于连续螺旋状路径的连续环路,切削工具4200 中心的“z”高度4502可如何变化。当从平坦顶部边缘区域4102过渡至弧形区域 4104时,工具路径4402可在“z”方向上以细节距4504较窄地步进。在这种过渡之后,工具路径4402可在“z”方向上更宽地步进,以加速壳体4100的加工。切削工具4200的连续环路的较窄间隔可最小化并避免壳体4100的表面与切削工具4200之间摩擦的急剧变化。FIG40 shows a diagram 4500 with a tool path 4402 having a variable pitch in the "z" direction that can be used for continuous loops of a cutting tool 4200 along a continuous spiral path. Because the cutting tool 4200 forms the housing 4100 starting from a solid block of metal alloy (e.g., an aluminum billet), the tool path center 4502 can generally follow the shape of the housing 4100 surface. As the cutting tool 4200 moves along the continuous spiral path, the cutting tool 4200 can follow the continuous spiral path around the housing 4100, slowly increasing in "z" height. FIG40 illustrates how the "z" height 4502 of the center of the cutting tool 4200 can vary for continuous loops about the continuous spiral path. When transitioning from the flat top edge region 4102 to the curved region 4104, the tool path 4402 can step narrower in the "z" direction with a fine pitch 4504. After this transition, the tool path 4402 can be stepped wider in the "z" direction to speed up the machining of the housing 4100. The narrower spacing of the successive loops of the cutting tool 4200 can minimize and avoid abrupt changes in friction between the surface of the housing 4100 and the cutting tool 4200.

除过渡区域中的细间隔之外,通过弧形区域4104的高曲率区域4406的 CNC加工可利用连续螺旋状路径的连续环路之间的细节距4504的“z”间隔。彼此接近地间隔环路可避免摩擦接触的剧烈过渡,并在弧形区域4104中提供平滑均匀切削。与平坦顶部边缘区域4102至弧形区域4104之间的过渡中的细间隔相似,在从样条区域4106至平坦底部区域4108的过渡区域404中,切削工具路径4402也可在“z”方向上以细节距4504进行间隔。与壳体4100表面相接触的切削工具4200的表面区域可基本从样条区域4106到平坦底部区域4108地增大,并且通过彼此更接近地间隔环路,从最小接触到更宽接触的过渡可平滑地进行,以避免加工时凿刻壳体4100。过渡区域4404中路径的紧密间隔还可消除样条区域4106的曲面与平坦底部区域4108的平面之间的可见过渡。在切削、砂纸打磨和抛光之后,移动设备的壳体4100可具有均匀平滑的外观,而没有弯曲边缘表面与平坦底部表面之间的能注意到的差异并且没有可见的连接处。当切削工具4200的平坦底部4206完全处于壳体4100的平坦底部区域4108内时,切削工具4200所采用的连续路径可由螺旋状路径变为锯齿形路径,即跨越平坦底部区域4108具有交变的直线路径的路径。该锯齿形路径可最小化加工期间由于壳体4100表面上的金属合金的温度变化而会发生的翘曲。通过沿选择区域利用细节距的间隔对工具路径4502的仔细布置,经过砂纸打磨和抛光的壳体4100 的表面可具有视觉上连续的表面,而从背面观察时没有边缘或拐角。In addition to the fine spacing in the transition region, CNC machining through the high curvature region 4406 of the arcuate region 4104 can utilize a fine pitch 4504 "z" spacing between consecutive loops of the continuous spiral path. Spacing the loops closely together avoids abrupt transitions in frictional contact and provides smooth, uniform cutting in the arcuate region 4104. Similar to the fine spacing in the transition between the flat top edge region 4102 and the arcuate region 4104, the cutting tool path 4402 can also be spaced with a fine pitch 4504 in the "z" direction in the transition region 404 from the spline region 4106 to the flat bottom region 4108. The surface area of the cutting tool 4200 in contact with the surface of the housing 4100 can generally increase from the spline region 4106 to the flat bottom region 4108, and by spacing the loops more closely together, the transition from minimal contact to wider contact can be smooth, avoiding gouging of the housing 4100 during machining. The close spacing of the paths in transition region 4404 also eliminates visible transitions between the curved surface of spline region 4106 and the flat surface of flat bottom region 4108. After cutting, sanding, and polishing, the mobile device housing 4100 can have a uniform, smooth appearance, with no noticeable difference between the curved edge surface and the flat bottom surface, and no visible joins. When the flat bottom 4206 of the cutting tool 4200 is completely within the flat bottom region 4108 of the housing 4100, the continuous path taken by the cutting tool 4200 can change from a spiral path to a zigzag path, i.e., a path with alternating straight paths across the flat bottom region 4108. This zigzag path can minimize warping that can occur due to temperature variations in the metal alloy on the surface of the housing 4100 during machining. By carefully arranging the tool paths 4502 along selected areas with fine pitch spacing, the sanded and polished surface of the housing 4100 can have a visually continuous surface without edges or corners when viewed from the back.

图41示出了切削工具4200沿壳体4100表面的连续螺旋状路径的一部分连续环路的图式4600,其将间隔的节距与壳体4100的不同区域相匹配。在可包括平坦顶部边缘区域4102和弧形区域4104的壳体4100的区域A 4616中,连续螺旋状路径的相邻环路可以以细节距4602来间隔。该细节距4602可确保平坦顶部边缘区域4102与弧形区域4104之间的平滑过渡,以及弧形区域4104的高曲率区域4406中的平滑过渡。在可完全包含于样条区域4106内的壳体4100的区域B 4614中,连续螺旋状路径的连续环路的间隔可利用中节距4604。样条区域4106的曲率可小于弧形区域4104中的曲率而且该曲率也可在样条区域4106 中更缓慢地变化。区域B 4614中的连续螺旋状路径的连续环路的更宽的间隔可提高壳体4100的加工速度,而不利用如区域A 4616中所采用的连续环路的狭窄间隔。FIG41 shows a diagram 4600 of a portion of a continuous spiral path of a cutting tool 4200 along the surface of a housing 4100, matching the pitch of the spacing to different regions of the housing 4100. In region A 4616 of the housing 4100, which may include a flat top edge region 4102 and a curved region 4104, adjacent loops of the continuous spiral path may be spaced at a fine pitch 4602. This fine pitch 4602 ensures a smooth transition between the flat top edge region 4102 and the curved region 4104, as well as a smooth transition within the high curvature region 4406 of the curved region 4104. In region B 4614 of the housing 4100, which may be completely contained within the spline region 4106, the spacing of the continuous loops of the continuous spiral path may utilize a medium pitch 4604. The curvature of the spline region 4106 may be less than that of the curved region 4104, and the curvature may also change more gradually within the spline region 4106. The wider spacing of the continuous loops of the continuous helical path in region B 4614 may increase the processing speed of the shell 4100 without utilizing the narrow spacing of the continuous loops as employed in region A 4616.

由于样条区域4106连接于平坦底部区域4108,因而切削工具4200可从使用弯曲部分4204过渡至使用平坦底部4206。切削工具4200与壳体4100表面之间的接触量在从样条区域4106跨至平坦底部区域4108的区域C 4612中的过渡中可充分增大。连续螺旋状路径的连续环路之间的间隔可利用区域C 4612中的细节距4606来间隔,以便缓慢地增加接触并避免在区域C 4612中使壳体4100 表面成形时切削工具4200所受摩擦力的突然变化。在平坦底部区域4108的区域D 4610中,相邻路径之间的间隔可逐渐增加,从区域C 4612中所采用的细节距到适用于平坦底部区域4108的较宽的节距。在到达平坦底部区域4108中的约四分之一的距离之后,CNC机器可执行大半径的转向,以从用于壳体4100 的弯曲边缘区域4104/4106的连续螺旋状路径过渡至用于壳体4100的底部区域 4108的连续锯齿形路径。该大半径的转向可避免剧烈的转向过渡,其可影响所成形的壳体4100表面。如图42中的底视图式4700所示,连续路径可包括用于弯曲边缘区域104/106的螺旋状路径4702以及用于平坦底部区域4108中心的锯齿形路径4704。该锯齿形路径4704中的相邻路径之间的间隔可比螺旋状路径 4702的相邻环路的间隔更宽。Because the spline region 4106 is connected to the flat bottom region 4108, the cutting tool 4200 can transition from using the curved portion 4204 to using the flat bottom region 4206. The amount of contact between the cutting tool 4200 and the surface of the housing 4100 can be substantially increased in the transition from the spline region 4106 to the flat bottom region 4108 in region C 4612. The spacing between successive loops of the continuous spiral path can be spaced using the fine pitch 4606 in region C 4612 to gradually increase contact and avoid abrupt changes in friction experienced by the cutting tool 4200 when shaping the surface of the housing 4100 in region C 4612. In region D 4610 of the flat bottom region 4108, the spacing between adjacent paths can gradually increase from the fine pitch employed in region C 4612 to a wider pitch suitable for the flat bottom region 4108. After reaching approximately one-quarter of the distance into the flat bottom region 4108, the CNC machine can perform a large-radius turn to transition from the continuous spiral path for the curved edge regions 4104/4106 of the housing 4100 to a continuous zigzag path for the bottom region 4108 of the housing 4100. This large-radius turn can avoid a sharp turn transition that could affect the formed surface of the housing 4100. As shown in bottom view diagram 4700 in FIG42, the continuous path can include a spiral path 4702 for the curved edge regions 104/106 and a zigzag path 4704 for the center of the flat bottom region 4108. The spacing between adjacent paths in the zigzag path 4704 can be wider than the spacing between adjacent loops of the spiral path 4702.

在一个实施例中,切削工具4200的沿连续路径的旋转速度和平移速度可为固定的。在某些实施例中,可从以下内容中选择(沿切削路径固定或可变)切削工具4200的一个或更多个特性:特性可以包括但可不限制于(1)馈送速度 (在x轴、y轴和/或z轴方向中的一个或更多个上的平移速度),(2)轴速度(转速),(3)节距(相邻切削路径之间的间隔),(4)切削工具4200的形状和尺寸,例如直径,(5)切削工具4200的切削材料以及(6)切削工具4200的倾角(切削工具4200相对于壳体4100表面的角向)。可选择切削工具4200的特性以影响所加工的壳体4100的切削表面的最终特性和加工时间。可选择该旋转速度和平移速度以最小化加工时间并同时保证加工工具所切削的表面的质量,其可产生优选的表面成品。对连续螺旋状路径的环路之间的节距变化的精密控制可用于曲率较高的区域、曲率变化率较高的区域和/或具有不同曲率的表面的区域之间的过渡区域中。对相邻环路之间的节距的较粗略的控制可用于平坦区域、低曲率区域以及曲率变化率较低的区域中。中等控制可用于曲率适中的区域中,而在较窄的细节距区域与较宽的粗节距区域之间该节距可连续而平滑地变化。尽管在连续路径中使用节距的精细控制可提供具有所希望均匀性的最终表面,但加工时间可能更长。相反,在需要保证具有不同的截面形状的区域之间的平滑过渡的地方,可控制该节距以精细地进行步进。In one embodiment, the rotational speed and translational speed of the cutting tool 4200 along the continuous path may be fixed. In certain embodiments, one or more characteristics of the cutting tool 4200 may be selected (fixed or variable along the cutting path): the characteristics may include, but are not limited to, (1) feed speed (translational speed in one or more of the x-axis, y-axis, and/or z-axis directions), (2) axis speed (rotational speed), (3) pitch (the spacing between adjacent cutting paths), (4) shape and size of the cutting tool 4200, such as diameter, (5) the material being cut by the cutting tool 4200, and (6) the inclination angle of the cutting tool 4200 (the angular orientation of the cutting tool 4200 relative to the surface of the housing 4100). The characteristics of the cutting tool 4200 may be selected to affect the final characteristics of the cut surface of the housing 4100 being machined and the machining time. The rotational speed and translational speed may be selected to minimize machining time while ensuring the quality of the surface cut by the machining tool, which may produce a preferred surface finish. Fine control of the pitch variation between loops of a continuous spiral path can be used in areas of high curvature, areas of high rate of change of curvature, and/or transitions between areas of surfaces with different curvatures. Coarser control of the pitch between adjacent loops can be used in flat areas, areas of low curvature, and areas of low rate of change of curvature. Intermediate control can be used in areas of moderate curvature, where the pitch can vary continuously and smoothly between areas of narrower fine pitch and wider coarse pitch. While fine control of the pitch in a continuous path can provide a final surface with the desired uniformity, it can take longer to process. Conversely, where smooth transitions between areas of differing cross-sectional shapes are necessary, the pitch can be controlled to provide finer steps.

在一个示例中,单个切削工具4200可用于将金属合金壳体4100的整个外表面成形,而不是用多个分离的工具来使平坦和弯曲区域成形。该单个切削工具4200可在切削工具4200上的不同部分之间平滑地过渡,以使金属合金壳体 4100的不同区域成形,同时保持与壳体4100表面的连续接触。多个切削工具可需要用于在CNC机器上安装和拆卸它们的附加时间。此外,不同切削工具可跨越所成形的壳体4100地产生具有不希望的台阶过渡的表面高度失配,该台阶会难以在壳体4100表面的最终完成期间被移除。利用具有本文所描述的单条连续路径的单个切削工具4200,所成形的壳体4100在被砂纸打磨并抛光成为最终外部成品时可具有更加均匀而无缝的外观。In one example, a single cutting tool 4200 can be used to shape the entire outer surface of the metal alloy shell 4100, rather than using multiple separate tools to shape flat and curved areas. The single cutting tool 4200 can smoothly transition between different parts on the cutting tool 4200 to shape different areas of the metal alloy shell 4100 while maintaining continuous contact with the shell 4100 surface. Multiple cutting tools may require additional time to install and remove them on a CNC machine. In addition, different cutting tools may produce surface height mismatches with undesirable step transitions across the shaped shell 4100, which can be difficult to remove during the final finishing of the shell 4100 surface. Utilizing a single cutting tool 4200 with a single continuous path as described herein, the shaped shell 4100 can have a more uniform and seamless appearance when sanded and polished to become the final exterior finished product.

图43示出了加工便携式电子设备的金属合金壳体4100的边缘表面和底部表面的代表性方法。该方法可包括通过将旋转的切削工具4200沿第一预定的连续螺旋状路径接触到边缘表面来打磨该金属合金壳体4100的边缘表面。切削工具4200的垂直高度可利用CNC机器来调整。切削工具4200的螺旋状路径的连续环路可沿金属合金壳体4100表面的不同区域以不同方式进行间隔。可影响连续螺旋状路径中相邻路径之间的节距的垂直移动节距可基于由切削工具4200成形产生的金属合金壳体4100的曲率来调整。高曲率区域可具有紧密间隔的相邻路径,弯曲区域和平坦区域之间的过渡区域也可具有这种路径。该方法还可包括通过将旋转的切削工具4200沿具有交变直线路径的第二预定路径(即连续的锯齿形路径)接触到该金属合金壳体4100的底部表面来打磨该金属合金壳体 4100的底部表面。沿底部表面的相邻路径之间的间隔可比沿金属合金壳体4100 的边缘表面的螺旋状路径中的相邻路径之间的间隔更加远离。FIG43 illustrates a representative method for machining the edge and bottom surfaces of a metal alloy housing 4100 for a portable electronic device. The method may include grinding the edge surface of the metal alloy housing 4100 by contacting a rotating cutting tool 4200 along a first predetermined continuous spiral path. The vertical height of the cutting tool 4200 may be adjusted using a CNC machine. The continuous loops of the spiral path of the cutting tool 4200 may be spaced differently along different areas of the surface of the metal alloy housing 4100. The vertical movement pitch, which may affect the pitch between adjacent paths in the continuous spiral path, may be adjusted based on the curvature of the metal alloy housing 4100 formed by the cutting tool 4200. High curvature areas may have closely spaced adjacent paths, as may transition areas between curved and flat areas. The method may also include grinding the bottom surface of the metal alloy housing 4100 by contacting the rotating cutting tool 4200 along a second predetermined path having alternating straight paths (i.e., a continuous zigzag path). The spacing between adjacent paths along the bottom surface may be further apart than the spacing between adjacent paths in the spiral path along the edge surface of the metal alloy housing 4100 .

所描述的实施例的各个方面、实施例、实现方式或特征可被单独地使用或以任意组合的方式使用。所描述的实施例的各个方面可通过软件、硬件或硬件与软件的结合来实现。所描述的实施例还可被具体实现为用于控制制造操作的计算机可读介质上的计算机可读代码或用于控制用来制造热塑成型的零件的生产线的计算机可读介质上的计算机可读代码。该计算机可读介质为可以存储其后可由计算机系统读取的数据的任何数据存储设备。计算机可读介质的示例包括只读存储器、随机存取存储器、CD-ROM、DVD、磁带、光学数据存储设备以及载波。计算机可读介质还可被分布在与网络耦接的计算机系统中,使得该计算机可读代码以分布式方式被存储和执行。The various aspects, embodiments, implementations, or features of the described embodiments may be used individually or in any combination. Various aspects of the described embodiments may be implemented using software, hardware, or a combination of hardware and software. The described embodiments may also be implemented as computer-readable code on a computer-readable medium for controlling manufacturing operations or as computer-readable code on a computer-readable medium for controlling a production line for manufacturing thermoformed parts. The computer-readable medium is any data storage device that can store data that can be subsequently read by a computer system. Examples of computer-readable media include read-only memory, random access memory, CD-ROMs, DVDs, magnetic tape, optical data storage devices, and carrier waves. The computer-readable medium may also be distributed among computer systems coupled to a network so that the computer-readable code is stored and executed in a distributed manner.

图44A示出了相关技术的移动设备5102的顶视图5100,其具有在弹出工具5106插入后可从移动设备5102弹出的滑动托盘5104。该弹出工具5106可沿垂直于移动设备5102边缘表面的轴的方向来插入,并且该滑动托盘5104可至少部分地从移动设备5102中沿与弹出工具插入轴基本平行的轴的方向弹出。该轴可平行于移动设备5102的平坦顶表面和/或平坦底部表面。顶表面和底部表面可垂直于移动设备5102的边缘表面。FIG44A illustrates a top view 5100 of a related art mobile device 5102 having a sliding tray 5104 that can be ejected from the mobile device 5102 after an ejection tool 5106 is inserted. The ejection tool 5106 can be inserted along an axis perpendicular to an edge surface of the mobile device 5102, and the sliding tray 5104 can be at least partially ejected from the mobile device 5102 along an axis substantially parallel to the ejection tool insertion axis. The axis can be parallel to the flat top surface and/or the flat bottom surface of the mobile device 5102. The top and bottom surfaces can be perpendicular to the edge surface of the mobile device 5102.

图44B示出了移动设备5102的正面视图5110。该正面视图5110示出了位于滑动托盘5104表面中的弹出开口5108,弹出工具5106可通过其被插入。该弹出开口可为圆形,以将其面积最小化。滑动托盘5104的长度可大于移动设备 5102的高度,因而需要使滑动托盘的方向平行于移动设备的表面,以使滑动托盘被插入时可完全包封于移动设备内。Figure 44B shows a front view 5110 of the mobile device 5102. This front view 5110 shows an ejection opening 5108 in the surface of the sliding tray 5104, through which the ejection tool 5106 can be inserted. The ejection opening can be circular to minimize its area. The length of the sliding tray 5104 can be greater than the height of the mobile device 5102, so it is necessary to orient the sliding tray parallel to the surface of the mobile device so that the sliding tray is completely enclosed within the mobile device when inserted.

图44C进一步示出了图44A和图44B所示的移动设备5102的透视图5120。移动设备5102的边缘表面可垂直于顶表面,而滑动托盘5104可沿垂直于边缘表面的方向被插入或移除。相似地,弹出工具5106可通过弹出开口5108沿垂直于边缘表面的轴而插入。该插入轴可平行于弹出轴。FIG44C further illustrates a perspective view 5120 of the mobile device 5102 shown in FIG44A and FIG44B . The edge surface of the mobile device 5102 can be perpendicular to the top surface, and the sliding tray 5104 can be inserted or removed in a direction perpendicular to the edge surface. Similarly, the ejection tool 5106 can be inserted through the ejection opening 5108 along an axis perpendicular to the edge surface. The insertion axis can be parallel to the ejection axis.

图45A示出了移动设备5202的顶视图5200,其具有在弹出工具5206插入后可从移动设备5202弹出的滑动托盘5204。该弹出工具可沿垂直于移动设备 5102边缘表面的轴的方向来插入,并且该滑动托盘5104可至少部分地从移动设备5102中沿基本平行于移动设备5202的平坦顶表面和/或平坦底部表面的轴的方向弹出。该边缘表面可不垂直于移动设备5202的平坦顶表面或平坦底部表面。45A illustrates a top view 5200 of a mobile device 5202 having a sliding tray 5204 that can be ejected from the mobile device 5202 upon insertion of an ejection tool 5206. The ejection tool can be inserted along an axis that is perpendicular to an edge surface of the mobile device 5102, and the sliding tray 5104 can be at least partially ejected from the mobile device 5102 along an axis that is substantially parallel to the flat top surface and/or the flat bottom surface of the mobile device 5202. The edge surface may not be perpendicular to the flat top surface or the flat bottom surface of the mobile device 5202.

图45B示出了移动设备5202的正视图5210,包括移动设备5202的壳体中的与滑动托盘5204相邻的弹出开口5208。该弹出开口5208可与移动设备5202 中的滑动托盘5204分离,以容纳与图44A-C所示现有技术的移动设备5102中使用的不同的轴取向。45B illustrates a front view 5210 of a mobile device 5202 including a pop-up opening 5208 in the housing of the mobile device 5202 adjacent to the sliding tray 5204. The pop-up opening 5208 is separable from the sliding tray 5204 in the mobile device 5202 to accommodate a different axis orientation than that used in the prior art mobile device 5102 shown in FIGS. 44A-C .

图45C示出了移动设备5202的透视图5220,包括不垂直于移动设备的平坦顶表面或平坦底部表面的边缘表面。可确定弹出开口5208的方向以使弹出工具5206可沿正交于移动设备的边缘表面的轴的方向而插入。弹出工具5206的插入轴可与滑动托盘5204可从移动设备5202弹出的方向平行的轴形成夹角 5212。如果该弹出工具的轴与滑动托盘5204的移动轴平行地取向,则移动设备 5202的成某一角度的边缘表面中的弹出开口将大于图45C所示的弹出开口 5208。圆形弹出开口5208可小于椭圆形弹出开口(未示出),从而将通过移动设备5202的壳体的弹出开口最小化,以提供具有最小的间断的美观的边缘表面。FIG45C shows a perspective view 5220 of a mobile device 5202 including an edge surface that is not perpendicular to the flat top or bottom surfaces of the mobile device. The ejection opening 5208 can be oriented so that the ejection tool 5206 can be inserted along an axis perpendicular to the edge surface of the mobile device. The insertion axis of the ejection tool 5206 can form an angle 5212 with an axis parallel to the direction in which the sliding tray 5204 can be ejected from the mobile device 5202. If the ejection tool axis is oriented parallel to the axis of movement of the sliding tray 5204, the ejection opening in the angled edge surface of the mobile device 5202 will be larger than the ejection opening 5208 shown in FIG45C. The circular ejection opening 5208 can be smaller than an oval ejection opening (not shown), thereby minimizing the ejection opening through the housing of the mobile device 5202 and providing an aesthetically pleasing edge surface with minimal discontinuity.

尽管图45C示出了用于移动设备5202壳体的成角度的边缘表面,但是如图 45D中的移动设备5222的透视图5230所示,还能够容纳弯曲的边缘表面。移动设备5222中的滑动托盘5214沿其正面可具有弯曲的边缘表面,其可与移动设备5222的弯曲边缘表面相连,为移动设备5222提供平滑的无中断的边缘表面。滑动托盘5214可沿平行于移动设备5222顶表面的轴弹出,而弹出开口5208 的中心可垂直于移动设备的边缘表面。如图45C所描述的移动设备5202一样,弹出工具5216可通过在移动设备5222的壳体中的弹出开口5218沿与滑动托盘 5214移动方向成一夹角5224的轴的方向而插入。While FIG45C illustrates an angled edge surface for the housing of mobile device 5202, as shown in perspective view 5230 of mobile device 5222 in FIG45D , curved edge surfaces can also be accommodated. The sliding tray 5214 in mobile device 5222 can have a curved edge surface along its front face that can connect to the curved edge surface of mobile device 5222, providing a smooth, uninterrupted edge surface for mobile device 5222. The sliding tray 5214 can be ejected along an axis parallel to the top surface of mobile device 5222, while the center of the ejection opening 5208 can be perpendicular to the edge surface of the mobile device. As with the mobile device 5202 depicted in FIG45C , an ejection tool 5216 can be inserted through the ejection opening 5218 in the housing of mobile device 5222 along an axis that forms an angle 5224 with the direction of movement of the sliding tray 5214.

可利用某些机械部件来实现一种设备,其可将由于弹出工具5206/5216插入至弹出开口5208/5218所产生的力转换为向外推动滑动托盘5204/5214的力。该装置可容纳滑动托盘5204/5214(或可沿导轨从移动设备5202/5222向外滑动的任何类似的扁平物体)的反复弹出、移除以及再插入。由于设备中的可用空间的量有限,因此该装置可被设计为将弹出工具5216的较短的推力转换为对滑动托盘5204/5214较长的推力,从而将滑动托盘5204/5214弹出足够的量,以使用户能够容易地从移动设备5202/5222取下滑动托盘5204/5214。由于移动设备 5202/5222壳体中可用于容纳装置的空间可能有限,该装置可包括由坚固的材料制造的相对较小的部件,以承受反复弹出时所受的力。该部件的一个或更多个表面可涂以润滑剂以保证平滑的操作。例如,相比于弹出工具被推向受力组件的距离,臂的弹出端在臂旋转时将托盘推出的距离至少增加了1.5倍。Certain mechanical components can be used to implement a device that converts the force generated by inserting the ejection tool 5206/5216 into the ejection opening 5208/5218 into a force that pushes the sliding tray 5204/5214 outward. The device can accommodate repeated ejection, removal, and reinsertion of the sliding tray 5204/5214 (or any similar flat object that can slide outward from the mobile device 5202/5222 along the guide rails). Because the amount of space available in the device is limited, the device can be designed to convert the shorter push force of the ejection tool 5216 into a longer push force on the sliding tray 5204/5214, thereby ejecting the sliding tray 5204/5214 enough to allow the user to easily remove the sliding tray 5204/5214 from the mobile device 5202/5222. Because the space available for accommodating the device in the mobile device 5202/5222 housing may be limited, the device can include relatively small components made of strong materials to withstand the forces encountered during repeated ejection. One or more surfaces of the component may be coated with a lubricant to ensure smooth operation. For example, the ejection end of the arm can push the tray out at least 1.5 times farther when the arm is rotated than the ejection tool is pushed toward the force-receiving component.

尽管此处描述在代表性实施例中使用了滑动托盘,然而任何基本平坦的物体均可利用此处所描述的装置和方法而弹出。该扁平物体可包括多个部件,例如可支撑第二扁平物体(如存储卡或移动通信设备中所用的用户识别模块 (SIM)卡)的托盘。该扁平物体可包括凹槽区域、接合点、空心面积、开口部分以及可提供用于从移动设备外壳推拉扁平物体的区域以及当弹出或插入于移动设备壳体时引导扁平物体的其它部件。此处滑动托盘的使用并没有特殊限制的意图,而本领域技术人员可以理解,该扁平物体包括适用于在移动设备中弹出和插入的等同物。Although a sliding tray is described herein as being used in representative embodiments, any substantially flat object may be ejected using the apparatus and methods described herein. The flat object may include a plurality of components, such as a tray that may support a second flat object, such as a memory card or a subscriber identity module (SIM) card used in a mobile communication device. The flat object may include recessed areas, joints, hollow areas, open portions, and other components that may provide areas for pushing and pulling the flat object from the mobile device housing, as well as guiding the flat object when ejecting or inserting it into the mobile device housing. The use of a sliding tray herein is not intended to be particularly limiting, and those skilled in the art will appreciate that the flat object includes equivalents suitable for ejecting and inserting into a mobile device.

图46示出了一种弹出装置的代表性实施例的透视图,该弹出装置被布置用于通过移动设备(未示出)的边缘表面5304将包括托盘体5302和托盘接触区域5303的滑动托盘5301弹出。该装置可包括第一枢轴元件(也称为曲柄)5306,其可在弹出工具接受区域5310中接收弹出工具5308。该弹出工具5308可以基本垂直于移动设备边缘表面5304的角度通过移动设备的边缘表面5304中的开口而插入。边缘表面5304可相对于移动设备的顶表面形成角度或弯曲,因此弹出工具5308的插入方向一般不与移动设备顶表面平行。该弹出工具接受区域 5310可被成形为捕获弹出工具5308的钝的一端。在一个实施例中,弹出工具接受区域5310可为凹形。在一个实施例中,弹出工具接受区域5310可被成形为凹槽的形式。在一个实施例中,弹出工具接受区域5310可被成形为包括至少两个相似的凸角(lobe)状区域。FIG46 illustrates a perspective view of a representative embodiment of an ejection device configured to eject a sliding tray 5301, including a tray body 5302 and a tray contact area 5303, from an edge surface 5304 of a mobile device (not shown). The device may include a first pivot element (also referred to as a crank) 5306 that can receive an ejection tool 5308 in an ejection tool receiving area 5310. The ejection tool 5308 can be inserted through an opening in the edge surface 5304 of the mobile device at an angle substantially perpendicular to the edge surface 5304. The edge surface 5304 can be angled or curved relative to the top surface of the mobile device, such that the direction of insertion of the ejection tool 5308 is generally non-parallel to the top surface of the mobile device. The ejection tool receiving area 5310 can be shaped to capture a blunt end of the ejection tool 5308. In one embodiment, the ejection tool receiving area 5310 can be concave. In one embodiment, the ejection tool receiving area 5310 can be shaped as a groove. In one embodiment, the ejection tool receiving area 5310 can be shaped to include at least two similar lobe-like regions.

第一枢轴元件5306能够绕第一旋转轴5312旋转,使弹出工具接受区域5310 向上旋转,并使第一枢轴元件5306的连接于连接部5316的圆柱形部分5314向上旋转,以使连接部5316在臂5318上施加力Farm,使臂5318绕第二旋转轴5320 旋转(图46和47所示)。臂5318的弹出端5320可接触该托盘接触区域5303。在臂5318绕第二旋转轴5320旋转时,弹出力Feject可直接通过弹出端5320施加于托盘接触区域5303,使托盘5301在弹出力Feject的方向上移动。与托盘接触区域5303相接触的臂5318的弹出端5320的移动可推至托盘接触区域5303,由此将托盘5301可沿基本平行于移动设备顶表面的方向向外移位通过移动设备的边缘表面5304。该托盘接触区域5303可移出移动设备的边缘5304之外的一定距离,足以手动地从移动设备移除滑动托盘。在一个实施例中,滑动托盘接触区域5303的底部可包括凹口,其被确定尺寸和成形为接受移除工具(例如手指或指甲的一部分)从移动设备中夹持并移除托盘5301。在一个实施例中,取决于该凹口的尺寸,滑动托盘可离开边缘表面5322移动约0.9毫米至约1.5毫米。The first pivot member 5306 is capable of rotating about a first rotation axis 5312, causing the ejection tool receiving area 5310 to rotate upward. This also causes the cylindrical portion 5314 of the first pivot member 5306, which is connected to the connecting portion 5316, to rotate upward, causing the connecting portion 5316 to exert a force F arm on the arm 5318, causing the arm 5318 to rotate about a second rotation axis 5320 (shown in Figures 46 and 47). The ejection end 5320 of the arm 5318 can contact the tray contact area 5303. When the arm 5318 rotates about the second rotation axis 5320, an ejection force F eject can be directly applied to the tray contact area 5303 through the ejection end 5320, causing the tray 5301 to move in the direction of the ejection force F eject . Movement of the ejection end 5320 of the arm 5318 in contact with the tray contact area 5303 can push against the tray contact area 5303, thereby displacing the tray 5301 outwardly in a direction substantially parallel to the top surface of the mobile device past the edge surface 5304 of the mobile device. The tray contact area 5303 can be moved a distance beyond the edge 5304 of the mobile device sufficient to manually remove the sliding tray from the mobile device. In one embodiment, the bottom of the sliding tray contact area 5303 can include a notch sized and shaped to receive a removal tool (e.g., a portion of a finger or fingernail) to grip and remove the tray 5301 from the mobile device. In one embodiment, depending on the size of the notch, the sliding tray can move from the edge surface 5322 by approximately 0.9 mm to approximately 1.5 mm.

在一个实施例中,弹出工具插入力可约为6牛顿,而滑动托盘的弹出力可约为3牛顿。在一个实施例中,第一枢轴元件5306和臂5318可占据移动设备壳体内有限的空间,具有可用于旋转运动的有限的移动距离。在一个实施例中,第一枢轴元件5306旋转时连接部5316的任何部分可以移动小于0.2毫米的直线距离。In one embodiment, the ejection tool insertion force may be approximately 6 Newtons, while the sliding tray ejection force may be approximately 3 Newtons. In one embodiment, the first pivot member 5306 and the arm 5318 may occupy a limited space within the housing of the mobile device and have a limited travel distance available for rotational movement. In one embodiment, any portion of the connection portion 5316 may move a linear distance of less than 0.2 mm when the first pivot member 5306 is rotated.

为进行滑动托盘5301的多次弹出和插入操作,第一枢轴元件5306和臂5318 可利用具有足够强度的材料来制造,以接收和发送所需的力。在一个实施例中,该材料可包括淀积硬化的马氏体不锈钢。在另一实施例中,第一枢轴元件5306 和臂5318可通过金属注射成型过程形成,并可由具有“条件900”的淀积硬化的“613式”合金不锈钢构成。该淀积硬化还可被认为是二次硬化和时效硬化,并可用于显著地提高金属合金的屈服强度。To facilitate multiple ejection and insertion operations of the sliding tray 5301, the first pivot member 5306 and the arm 5318 can be constructed from a material having sufficient strength to receive and transmit the required forces. In one embodiment, the material can include precipitation-hardened martensitic stainless steel. In another embodiment, the first pivot member 5306 and the arm 5318 can be formed using a metal injection molding process and can be constructed from a precipitation-hardened "613-type" alloy stainless steel having a "condition 900" state. This precipitation hardening can also be considered secondary hardening and age hardening and can be used to significantly increase the yield strength of the metal alloy.

图47示出了弹出装置5300的另一透视图。图46从不同角度示出了整个设备,其显示了第二旋转轴5402至第一旋转轴5312与臂5318的关系。其示出第一枢轴元件5306如何由便携式设备的外壳所支撑。还描述了滑动托盘外壳 5404,其用于保证不管设备方向如何,存储于滑动托盘5301中的扁平物体总是处于其位置。FIG47 shows another perspective view of the ejection device 5300. FIG46 shows the entire device from a different angle, illustrating the relationship between the second rotation axis 5402 and the first rotation axis 5312 and the arm 5318. It also illustrates how the first pivot element 5306 is supported by the housing of the portable device. Also depicted is the sliding tray housing 5404, which ensures that flat objects stored in the sliding tray 5301 remain in place regardless of the device's orientation.

图47示出了弹出装置5300的分解图,其突出显示了各个元件之间的关系。图48A更详细地示出了紧固件5502如何锚固于设备外壳中。图48B示出了凹形接受区域5310和曲柄5306如何安装在设备外壳中,以及连接部5316在横向跨越设备外壳的内部时如何移动并与曲柄5306相互作用。图48C示出了臂5318 如何安装在曲柄5316下方,并在弹出端5320如何接触托盘接触区域5303方面给出了更好的想法。FIG47 shows an exploded view of ejection device 5300, highlighting the relationships between the various components. FIG48A shows in greater detail how fastener 5502 is anchored in the device housing. FIG48B shows how concave receiving area 5310 and crank 5306 are mounted in the device housing, and how connector 5316 moves and interacts with crank 5306 as it spans laterally across the interior of the device housing. FIG48C shows how arm 5318 is mounted beneath crank 5316 and provides a better understanding of how ejection end 5320 contacts tray contact area 5303.

图49示出了弹出装置5600的代表性实施例的透视图,其被配置为将包括托盘体5302和托盘接触区域5303的滑动托盘5301通过移动设备(未示出)的边缘表面5304而弹出。弹出工具5308可插入至被形成为容置柱塞5604的通道 5602。柱塞5604可具有本体5606,其被形成为紧贴地安装于通道5602内且几乎不可能从通道5602中掉出,因为弹出工具的插入孔可制成比柱塞5604的宽度更窄。在一个实施例中,柱塞5604可具有头部5608,其与本体5606一体化地形成。在一个实施例中,可将头部5608成形为包括成角度的表面5610,其可与以紧固件5616的方式枢轴地连接于便携式设备外壳的臂5614的臂输入位置 5612之间形成方向接触。在一个实施例中,可将成角度的表面5610以这种方式成形,即使得可重新定向与便携式设备外壳的表面相正交的弹出工具5308的移动,以使力Farm可实质正好平行于便携式设备的上部(或底部表面)。当作用于臂5614的臂输入位置5612时,力Farm可使臂5614在紧固件5616处绕旋转轴 5618旋转。在一个实施例中,臂5614绕旋转轴5618旋转可使臂5614的弹出端 5620在与臂5614的臂输入位置5612基本相反的方向上移动。在一个实施例中,可将弹出端5620成形为符合托盘5301的托盘接触区域5303,以使弹出端5620 的移动能够让托盘5301从边缘5304移动预定距离,进而露出托盘接触区域5303 的预先选定的量,特别是托盘5301的凹口。在一个实施例中,该预定距离可在约0.9至约1.5毫米的量级,取决于托盘5301中的凹口所期望露出的量。该距离足以允许用户容易地用指尖移除该托盘。FIG49 illustrates a perspective view of a representative embodiment of an ejection device 5600 configured to eject a sliding tray 5301, including a tray body 5302 and a tray contact area 5303, from an edge surface 5304 of a mobile device (not shown). An ejection tool 5308 can be inserted into a channel 5602 formed to accommodate a plunger 5604. The plunger 5604 can have a body 5606 that is configured to fit snugly within the channel 5602 and is virtually impossible to fall out of because the insertion aperture of the ejection tool can be narrower than the width of the plunger 5604. In one embodiment, the plunger 5604 can have a head 5608 that is integrally formed with the body 5606. In one embodiment, the head 5608 can be configured to include an angled surface 5610 that can be oriented to contact an arm input location 5612 of an arm 5614 pivotally connected to the housing of the portable device by a fastener 5616. In one embodiment, the angled surface 5610 can be configured to redirect the movement of the ejection tool 5308 perpendicular to the surface of the portable device housing so that the force F arm is substantially parallel to the upper (or bottom) surface of the portable device. When applied to the arm input position 5612 of the arm 5614, the force F arm can rotate the arm 5614 about the rotation axis 5618 at the fastener 5616. In one embodiment, the rotation of the arm 5614 about the rotation axis 5618 can cause the ejection end 5620 of the arm 5614 to move in a direction substantially opposite to the arm input position 5612 of the arm 5614. In one embodiment, the ejection end 5620 can be configured to conform to the tray contact area 5303 of the tray 5301 so that movement of the ejection end 5620 can cause the tray 5301 to move a predetermined distance from the edge 5304, thereby exposing a preselected amount of the tray contact area 5303, particularly the recess of the tray 5301. In one embodiment, the predetermined distance can be on the order of about 0.9 to about 1.5 millimeters, depending on the desired exposure of the recess in the tray 5301. This distance is sufficient to allow a user to easily remove the tray with their fingertips.

图50示出了弹出装置5600的另一透视图。图50从一不同角度示出了设备,显示了旋转轴5618至臂5614的关系。图50示出了紧固件5616如何附接于设备外壳。还描述了滑动托盘外壳5404,其用于保证不管设备方向如何,存储于托盘5301中的扁平物体总是处于其位置。FIG50 shows another perspective view of the ejection device 5600. FIG50 shows the device from a different angle, illustrating the relationship of the rotation axis 5618 to the arm 5614. FIG50 illustrates how the fastener 5616 is attached to the device housing. Also depicted is the sliding tray housing 5404, which is used to ensure that flat objects stored in the tray 5301 remain in their proper location regardless of the device's orientation.

图51A-51C示出了弹出装置5600的分解图,突出显示了各个元件之间的关系。图51A更详细地示出了柱塞5604的截面以及如何将其安装于通道5602 中。图51B示出了紧固件5616如何穿过臂5614并锚固于设备外壳。图51C示出了弹出端5320如何接触托盘接触区域5303。Figures 51A-51C show exploded views of ejector device 5600, highlighting the relationships between the various components. Figure 51A shows a more detailed cross-section of plunger 5604 and how it fits into channel 5602. Figure 51B shows how fastener 5616 passes through arm 5614 and is anchored to the device housing. Figure 51C shows how ejector end 5320 contacts tray contact area 5303.

图52示出了弹出装置5900的代表性实施例的透视图,其被配置为将包括托盘体5302和托盘接触区域5303的滑动托盘5301通过移动设备(未示出)的边缘表面5304而弹出。弹出装置5900以大致与装置5600相同的方式操作弹出托盘5301,除了该柱塞已被消除,以使弹出工具5308直接将弹出力Farm施加到臂5614的弹出工具接触区域5902,从而减少了所需元件的数量。52 illustrates a perspective view of a representative embodiment of an ejection device 5900 configured to eject a sliding tray 5301 including a tray body 5302 and a tray contact area 5303 through an edge surface 5304 of a mobile device (not shown). The ejection device 5900 operates to eject the tray 5301 in substantially the same manner as the device 5600, except that the plunger has been eliminated so that the ejection tool 5308 applies the ejection force F arm directly to the ejection tool contact area 5902 of the arm 5614, thereby reducing the number of required components.

图53示出了弹出装置5900的另一透视图。图53从不同角度示出了设备,其显示了旋转轴5618到臂5614的关系。图53示出了紧固件5616如何附接于设备外壳。还描述了滑动托盘外壳5404,其用于保证不管设备方向如何,存储于滑动托盘5301中的扁平物体总是处于其位置。FIG53 shows another perspective view of the ejection device 5900. FIG53 shows the device from a different angle, illustrating the relationship of the rotation axis 5618 to the arm 5614. FIG53 illustrates how the fastener 5616 is attached to the device housing. Also depicted is the sliding tray housing 5404, which is used to ensure that flat objects stored in the sliding tray 5301 remain in their proper location regardless of the device's orientation.

图54A-54C示出了弹出装置5900的分解图,突出显示了各个元件之间的关系。图54A更详细地示出了弹出工具接触区域5902的截面以及其如何与通道 5602对齐。图54B示出了紧固件5616如何穿过臂5614并锚固于设备外壳。图 54C示出了臂5318的弹出端620如何接触托盘接触区域5303。Figures 54A-54C show exploded views of ejection device 5900, highlighting the relationships between the various components. Figure 54A shows a more detailed cross-section of ejection tool contact area 5902 and how it aligns with channel 5602. Figure 54B shows how fastener 5616 passes through arm 5614 and is anchored to the device housing. Figure 54C shows how ejection end 620 of arm 5318 contacts tray contact area 5303.

图55示出了对用于将扁平物体弹出器安装至移动设备的制造过程51200进行详细描述的流程图。过程51200开始于步骤51202,接收扁平物体弹出器组件。该扁平物体弹出器组件可包括以上所描述的三个实施例中的任一个。在步骤 51204中,接收移动设备外壳。该移动设备可包括,例如智能手机、平板设备、便携媒体播放器等。在步骤51206中,该扁平物体弹出器组件安装在该移动设备外壳内并附接于该移动设备外壳。FIG55 illustrates a flowchart detailing a manufacturing process 51200 for attaching a flat object ejector to a mobile device. Process 51200 begins at step 51202 by receiving a flat object ejector assembly. The flat object ejector assembly may include any of the three embodiments described above. At step 51204, a mobile device housing is received. The mobile device may include, for example, a smartphone, a tablet device, a portable media player, or the like. At step 51206, the flat object ejector assembly is installed within and attached to the mobile device housing.

图56示出了代表性实施例中将扁平物体从移动设备壳体中弹出的方法的步骤。这些步骤示出了用于执行最复杂实施例的步骤的过程。扁平物体可包括存储卡、可支撑SIM卡的托盘或类似物体。在步骤51302中,移动设备中的装置可接收沿第一轴插入的弹出工具。该弹出工具可在第一枢轴元件的凹形部分中被接收。在一个实施例中,弹出工具的插入方向可沿垂直于移动设备壳体中的开口的中心的轴。该移动设备的壳体可沿开口周围的区域中的曲面被成形。在一个实施例中,插入的第一轴可不平行于移动设备壳体的顶表面或底部表面。该第一轴还可不平行于与该开口相邻的移动设备壳体内部的电路板。在步骤51304中该第一枢轴元件可响应于弹出工具的插入而绕第一旋转轴旋转。该第一枢轴元件可衔接连接于臂的连接部51306。在步骤51308中,第一枢轴元件的旋转可将弹出力Feject通过该连接部施加于臂,以使在51310中该臂绕基本垂直于第一轴的第二轴旋转。在51312中该臂的旋转可使弹出力Feject将SIM托盘弹出。FIG56 illustrates the steps of a method for ejecting a flat object from a mobile device housing in a representative embodiment. These steps illustrate a process for executing the steps of the most complex embodiment. The flat object may include a memory card, a tray for holding a SIM card, or the like. In step 51302, a device in the mobile device may receive an ejection tool inserted along a first axis. The ejection tool may be received in a concave portion of a first pivot element. In one embodiment, the ejection tool may be inserted along an axis perpendicular to the center of an opening in the mobile device housing. The mobile device housing may be shaped along a curved surface in the area surrounding the opening. In one embodiment, the first axis of insertion may not be parallel to the top or bottom surface of the mobile device housing. The first axis may also not be parallel to a circuit board within the mobile device housing adjacent to the opening. In step 51304, the first pivot element may rotate about a first rotational axis in response to the insertion of the ejection tool. The first pivot element may engage a connection 51306 connected to an arm. In step 51308, the rotation of the first pivot element applies an ejection force F eject to the arm through the connection, causing the arm to rotate about a second axis substantially perpendicular to the first axis in step 51310. The rotation of the arm in 51312 enables the ejection force F eject to eject the SIM tray.

图57示出了一种装置的代表性实施例的顶视图6300,其被配置为将滑动托盘6326通过移动设备(未示出)的边缘表面6322弹出。该装置可包括第一枢轴元件6302,其可在弹出工具接受区域6318(所示顶视图的反面)中接收弹出工具6328。该弹出工具可以基本垂直于移动设备边缘表面6322的角度通过移动设备边缘表面6322中的开口来插入。边缘表面6322可相对于移动设备顶表面形成某一角度或弯曲,并且因此弹出工具6328的插入方向可完全不平行于移动设备顶表面。可将弹出工具接受区域6318成形为捕获弹出工具的钝的一端。在一个实施例中,弹出工具接受区域6318可为凹形。FIG57 shows a top view 6300 of a representative embodiment of a device configured to eject a sliding tray 6326 through an edge surface 6322 of a mobile device (not shown). The device may include a first pivot element 6302 that can receive an ejection tool 6328 in an ejection tool receiving area 6318 (opposite of the top view shown). The ejection tool can be inserted through an opening in the edge surface 6322 of the mobile device at an angle substantially perpendicular to the edge surface 6322 of the mobile device. The edge surface 6322 can be angled or curved relative to the top surface of the mobile device, and thus the direction of insertion of the ejection tool 6328 can be completely non-parallel to the top surface of the mobile device. The ejection tool receiving area 6318 can be shaped to capture the blunt end of the ejection tool. In one embodiment, the ejection tool receiving area 6318 can be concave.

第一枢轴元件6302能够绕第一旋转轴6324旋转,使接受区域6318向上倾斜而第一枢轴元件6302的圆柱形部分6306朝第二枢轴元件6304的杠杆部分 6308向下倾斜。该圆柱形部分6306可连续地连接于第一枢轴元件6302的U形部分,并且该第一枢轴元件6302的圆柱形部分6306和U形部分可共同包围第二枢轴元件6304的杠杆部分6308。在第一枢轴元件6302旋转时,第一枢轴元件6302的圆柱形部分6306可按压该第二枢轴元件6304的杠杆部分6308,从而使第二枢轴元件6304绕第二旋转轴6316旋转。第一枢轴元件6302的U形部分和圆柱形部分6306可包围第二枢轴元件6304的杠杆部分6308,以最小化第二枢轴元件6304沿第二旋转轴6316的横向平移。The first pivot member 6302 is capable of rotating about the first rotation axis 6324, causing the receiving area 6318 to tilt upward and the cylindrical portion 6306 of the first pivot member 6302 to tilt downward toward the lever portion 6308 of the second pivot member 6304. The cylindrical portion 6306 may be continuously connected to the U-shaped portion of the first pivot member 6302, and the cylindrical portion 6306 and the U-shaped portion of the first pivot member 6302 may together surround the lever portion 6308 of the second pivot member 6304. When the first pivot member 6302 rotates, the cylindrical portion 6306 of the first pivot member 6302 may press the lever portion 6308 of the second pivot member 6304, thereby causing the second pivot member 6304 to rotate about the second rotation axis 6316. The U-shaped portion and the cylindrical portion 6306 of the first pivot element 6302 can surround the lever portion 6308 of the second pivot element 6304 to minimize lateral translation of the second pivot element 6304 along the second rotational axis 6316.

第二枢轴元件6304的板状部分6310可与滑动托盘前端6312的背面相接触,而且由于第二枢轴元件6304绕第二旋转轴6316旋转,该板状部分6310可推向滑动托盘6326,从而将该滑动托盘体6314和滑动托盘前端6312向外移位通过移动设备边缘表面6322。滑动托盘6326可沿基本平行于移动设备顶表面的方向移位。该滑动托盘体6314和滑动托盘前端6312可移出移动设备壳体之外的一定距离,足以手动地从移动设备移除滑动托盘。在一个实施例中,滑动托盘前端6312可包括凹口,其接受移除工具(例如手指或指甲的一部分)从移动设备中夹持并移除滑动托盘。第二枢轴元件6304的杠杆部分6308可放大弹出工具 6328对第一枢轴元件6302的力,产生第二枢轴元件6304的板状部分6310对滑动托盘6326的力,该力可大于弹出工具6328对第一枢轴元件6302的弹出工具接受区域6318的力。在一个实施例中,滑动托盘的弹出力可至少为弹出工具的插入力的1.5倍。在一个实施例中,弹出工具的插入力可约为10牛顿,而滑动托盘的弹出力可约为20牛顿。在一个实施例中,第一枢轴元件6302和第二枢轴元件6304可占据移动设备壳体内的有限的空间,具有可用于旋转运动的有限的移动距离。在一个实施例中,第一枢轴元件6302和第二枢轴元件6304的任何部分在旋转时可以移动小于20毫米的直线距离。The plate-like portion 6310 of the second pivot element 6304 can contact the back side of the sliding tray front end 6312, and as the second pivot element 6304 rotates about the second rotation axis 6316, the plate-like portion 6310 can push against the sliding tray 6326, thereby displacing the sliding tray body 6314 and the sliding tray front end 6312 outwardly past the edge surface 6322 of the mobile device. The sliding tray 6326 can be displaced in a direction substantially parallel to the top surface of the mobile device. The sliding tray body 6314 and the sliding tray front end 6312 can be moved a certain distance outside the mobile device housing, sufficient to manually remove the sliding tray from the mobile device. In one embodiment, the sliding tray front end 6312 may include a recess that accepts a removal tool (such as a finger or a portion of a fingernail) to grip and remove the sliding tray from the mobile device. The lever portion 6308 of the second pivot element 6304 can amplify the force exerted by the ejection tool 6328 on the first pivot element 6302, generating a force exerted by the plate portion 6310 of the second pivot element 6304 on the sliding tray 6326 that can be greater than the force exerted by the ejection tool 6328 on the ejection tool receiving area 6318 of the first pivot element 6302. In one embodiment, the ejection force exerted on the sliding tray can be at least 1.5 times the insertion force exerted by the ejection tool. In one embodiment, the insertion force exerted by the ejection tool can be approximately 10 Newtons, while the ejection force exerted on the sliding tray can be approximately 20 Newtons. In one embodiment, the first and second pivot elements 6302 and 6304 can occupy a limited space within the housing of the mobile device and have a limited range of motion available for rotational movement. In one embodiment, any portion of the first and second pivot elements 6302 and 6304 can move a linear distance of less than 20 millimeters during rotation.

该装置还可包括与第二枢轴元件6304相邻的泡沫块6320。当第二枢轴元件 6304响应于弹出工具6328在第一枢轴元件6302上的力而进行旋转以弹出滑动托盘6326时,该泡沫块6320可由第二枢轴元件6304的前端部分来压缩。在滑动托盘6326可完全地包括于移动设备的壳体中的“闭合的”中性原始位置中,第二枢轴元件6304的板状部分6310可处于基本垂直于滑动托盘体6314并平行于滑动托盘前端6312的背面部分的位置,其中该板状部分6310可在第二枢轴元件6304旋转时与其相接触并向其推送。在滑动托盘可部分地包括于移动设备的壳体中并且部分地延伸在移动设备壳体外部的“打开的”弹出位置中,第二枢轴元件6304的板状部分6310能够以可以不垂直于滑动托盘体6314也不平行于滑动托盘前端6312的背面部分的角度来旋转。当弹出工具6328可从移动设备壳体移除,从而释放在第一枢轴元件6302上能够使第一枢轴元件6302旋转的力 (其又可使第二枢轴元件6304旋转)时,该泡沫块6320可去压缩以压向第二枢轴元件6304的前端部分。该泡沫块6320的去压缩可使第二枢轴元件6304转回朝向“闭合的”中性原始位置。第二枢轴元件6304的板状部分6310可设置为在泡沫块6320的去压缩之后,使得在滑动托盘6326重新插入移动设备壳体中时,滑动托盘体6314不能与第二枢轴元件6304的板状部分6310相接触。第二枢轴元件6304的板状部分6310的旋转因而可用于将滑动托盘6326至少部分地从移动设备中弹出,而在重新插入移动设备时不接触该滑动托盘6326。The device may also include a foam block 6320 adjacent to the second pivot element 6304. When the second pivot element 6304 rotates in response to the force of the ejection tool 6328 on the first pivot element 6302 to eject the sliding tray 6326, the foam block 6320 can be compressed by the front end portion of the second pivot element 6304. In a "closed," neutral, home position in which the sliding tray 6326 can be fully contained within the housing of the mobile device, the plate portion 6310 of the second pivot element 6304 can be positioned substantially perpendicular to the sliding tray body 6314 and parallel to the back portion of the sliding tray front end 6312, wherein the plate portion 6310 can contact and push against the second pivot element 6304 as it rotates. In an "open," ejected position in which the sliding tray is partially contained within the housing of the mobile device and partially extends outside the mobile device housing, the plate-like portion 6310 of the second pivot element 6304 can rotate at an angle that may not be perpendicular to the sliding tray body 6314 or parallel to the back portion of the sliding tray front end 6312. When the ejection tool 6328 can be removed from the mobile device housing, thereby releasing the force on the first pivot element 6302 that can rotate the first pivot element 6302 (which in turn can rotate the second pivot element 6304), the foam block 6320 can decompress to press against the front portion of the second pivot element 6304. The decompression of the foam block 6320 can cause the second pivot element 6304 to rotate back toward the "closed," neutral, original position. The plate-like portion 6310 of the second pivot element 6304 can be positioned after the foam block 6320 is decompressed so that when the sliding tray 6326 is reinserted into the mobile device housing, the sliding tray body 6314 cannot contact the plate-like portion 6310 of the second pivot element 6304. Rotation of the plate-like portion 6310 of the second pivot element 6304 can thus be used to eject the sliding tray 6326 at least partially from the mobile device without contacting the sliding tray 6326 when the mobile device is reinserted.

图58示出了图57所描述的装置的一部分的透视图6400,其被配置为将滑动托盘从移动设备的壳体中弹出。第一枢轴元件6302可沿第一轴的方向将弹出工具6328接收至弹出工具接受区域6318中。弹出工具6328的插入方向可垂直于移动设备壳体(未示出)的边缘表面的至少一部分。该方向可不与移动设备的顶表面平行,不与移动设备中滑动托盘的移动方向平行,也不与移动设备中位于滑动托盘上方或下方的电路板平行。弹出工具6328对第一枢轴元件6302 的弹出工具接受区域6318的力可使第一枢轴元件6302绕第一旋转轴6324逆时针方向旋转。第一枢轴元件6302的逆时针旋转可将第一枢轴元件6302的圆柱形部分6306接触第二枢轴元件6304的杠杆部分6308。在一个实施例中,第二枢轴元件6304的杠杆部分6308可为弯曲的。在第一和第二枢轴元件6302/6304 分别绕第一和第二旋转轴6324/6316逆时针方向旋转时,第一枢轴元件6302的圆柱形部分6306可接触第二枢轴元件6304的弯曲的杠杆部分6308并沿第二枢轴元件6304的弯曲的杠杆部分6308滑动。FIG58 illustrates a perspective view 6400 of a portion of the apparatus depicted in FIG57 , configured to eject a sliding tray from a mobile device housing. A first pivot member 6302 can receive an ejection tool 6328 into an ejection tool receiving area 6318 along a first axis. The direction of insertion of the ejection tool 6328 can be perpendicular to at least a portion of an edge surface of the mobile device housing (not shown). This direction may not be parallel to the top surface of the mobile device, the direction of movement of the sliding tray within the mobile device, or circuit boards within the mobile device located above or below the sliding tray. The force of the ejection tool 6328 against the ejection tool receiving area 6318 of the first pivot member 6302 can cause the first pivot member 6302 to rotate counterclockwise about a first rotational axis 6324. This counterclockwise rotation of the first pivot member 6302 can cause the cylindrical portion 6306 of the first pivot member 6302 to contact the lever portion 6308 of the second pivot member 6304. In one embodiment, the lever portion 6308 of the second pivot member 6304 can be curved. When the first and second pivot elements 6302 / 6304 rotate counterclockwise about the first and second rotation axes 6324 / 6316 , respectively, the cylindrical portion 6306 of the first pivot element 6302 may contact and slide along the curved lever portion 6308 of the second pivot element 6304 .

在第二枢轴元件6304绕第二旋转轴6316旋转时,第二枢轴元件6304的板状部分6310可与滑动托盘前端6312的背面部分相接触,进而从滑动托盘可处的移动设备壳体中沿向外的方向推动滑动托盘。该板状部分6310可开始于“中性”原始位置,其可垂直于移动设备壳体的顶表面并平行于可在滑动托盘弹出时与板状部分6310相接触的滑动托盘前端6312的背面部分。在旋转时,板状部分6310可处于可不垂直于壳体顶表面的“倾斜的”弹出位置(即不垂直于滑动托盘的移动方向)。滑动托盘6326可弹出离移动设备壳体一定距离,足以使移动设备用户通过手动地从移动设备中拉出滑动托盘6326来获取滑动托盘6326。滑动托盘前端6312可沿底部表面包括凹口6406,其使用户可插入移除工具以抓取滑动托盘。代表性的移除工具可为移动设备用户的手指或指甲。As the second pivot element 6304 rotates about the second rotational axis 6316, the plate-like portion 6310 of the second pivot element 6304 may contact the back portion of the sliding tray front end 6312, thereby pushing the sliding tray outward from the mobile device housing where the sliding tray is located. The plate-like portion 6310 may begin in a "neutral" home position, which may be perpendicular to the top surface of the mobile device housing and parallel to the back portion of the sliding tray front end 6312, which may contact the plate-like portion 6310 when the sliding tray is ejected. During rotation, the plate-like portion 6310 may assume a "tilted" ejected position that may not be perpendicular to the housing top surface (i.e., not perpendicular to the direction of movement of the sliding tray). The sliding tray 6326 may be ejected a distance from the mobile device housing sufficient for a mobile device user to manually extract the sliding tray 6326 from the mobile device. The sliding tray front end 6312 may include a notch 6406 along its bottom surface to allow a user to insert a removal tool to grasp the sliding tray. A representative removal tool may be a finger or fingernail of the mobile device user.

响应于弹出工具6328施加于第一枢轴元件6302的力的第二枢轴元件6304 的旋转还可将第二枢轴元件6304的接触部分6404推向泡沫块6320的表面,借此来压缩该泡沫块6320。在没有泡沫块6320的情况下,在移除弹出工具6328 之后,第二枢轴元件6304可仍与板状部分6310转动在“倾斜的”位置。在滑动托盘6326重新插入移动设备壳体中时,滑动托盘体6314的一部分可在该“倾斜的”位置与板状部分6310接触。为避免滑动托盘6326与第二枢轴元件6304板状部分6310之间的这种接触,在移除弹出工具6328时,泡沫块6320可去压缩向第二枢轴元件6304的接触部分6404,从而使第二枢轴元件6304绕该第二旋转轴6316顺时针方向旋转。该顺时针旋转可使第二枢轴元件6304的板状部分 6310返回“中性”位置。当将滑动托盘6326插入移动设备时,可设置滑动托盘体 6314和滑动托盘前端6312的位置,以与第二枢轴元件6304的板状部分6310 不相接触,允许平滑的插入,而没有不规则的接触或板状部分6310与滑动托盘 6326(或与扁平物体,如其中包含的存储卡)的刮蹭。泡沫块6320还可最小化第一和第二枢轴元件6302/6304相互之间的过量移动,以最小化移动设备变换方向时的“喀啦”声。当被安装时,滑动托盘6326的位置可与移动设备中的电路板和/或连接器相邻。在一个实施例中,滑动托盘6326可包括用户识别模块(SIM) 卡,其位于与移动设备中的电路板和/或连接器的至少一部分相接触,由此提供 SIM卡和移动设备内的电路之间的电气连接路径。The rotation of the second pivot element 6304 in response to the force applied to the first pivot element 6302 by the ejection tool 6328 can also push the contact portion 6404 of the second pivot element 6304 toward the surface of the foam block 6320, thereby compressing the foam block 6320. Without the foam block 6320, after the ejection tool 6328 is removed, the second pivot element 6304 can remain rotated in a "tilted" position relative to the plate portion 6310. When the sliding tray 6326 is reinserted into the mobile device case, a portion of the sliding tray body 6314 can contact the plate portion 6310 in this "tilted" position. To prevent such contact between the sliding tray 6326 and the plate portion 6310 of the second pivot element 6304, upon removal of the ejection tool 6328, the foam block 6320 can be compressed against the contact portion 6404 of the second pivot element 6304, causing the second pivot element 6304 to rotate clockwise about the second rotation axis 6316. This clockwise rotation returns the plate-like portion 6310 of the second pivot element 6304 to a "neutral" position. When inserting the sliding tray 6326 into the mobile device, the sliding tray body 6314 and the sliding tray front end 6312 can be positioned so as to avoid contact with the plate-like portion 6310 of the second pivot element 6304, allowing for smooth insertion without irregular contact or scraping of the plate-like portion 6310 against the sliding tray 6326 (or against flat objects, such as memory cards contained therein). The foam block 6320 also minimizes excessive movement of the first and second pivot elements 6302/6304 relative to each other, thereby minimizing "clicking" sounds when the mobile device changes orientation. When installed, the sliding tray 6326 can be positioned adjacent to a circuit board and/or connector within the mobile device. In one embodiment, the sliding tray 6326 can include a subscriber identity module (SIM) card, which is positioned in contact with at least a portion of a circuit board and/or connector within the mobile device, thereby providing an electrical connection path between the SIM card and circuitry within the mobile device.

为进行滑动托盘6326的多次弹出和插入操作,第一和第二枢轴元件 6302/6304可利用具有足够强度的材料制造,以接收和发送所需的力。在一个实施例中,第一和第二枢轴元件6302/6304可由淀积硬化的马氏体不锈钢制造。在一个实施例中,第一和第二枢轴元件6302/6304可通过金属注射成型过程形成,并可由具有“条件900”的淀积硬化的“613式”合金不锈钢构成。该淀积硬化还可被认为是二次硬化和时效硬化,并可用于显著地提高金属合金的屈服强度。由于第一枢轴元件6302的圆柱形部分6306可在旋转时与杠杆部分6308表面的至少一部分相接触,圆柱形部分6306的至少一部分以及杠杆部分6308的至少一部分可涂有干膜润滑剂。在一个实施例中,整个第一枢轴元件6302和整个第二枢轴元件6304可涂有干膜润滑剂。当第一和第二枢轴元件6302/6304分别绕第一和第二旋转轴6324/6316旋转时,该干膜润滑剂以及杠杆部分6308的曲面和圆柱形部分6306的曲面可在第一枢轴元件6302的圆柱形部分6306沿第二枢轴元件6304的杠杆部分6308滑动时提供平滑的接触。在一个实施例中,干膜润滑剂涂层可通过将第一和第二枢轴元件6302/6304浸渍于包含酒精和干膜润滑剂的水溶液中来施加,其中酒精能够挥发,而留下干膜润滑剂涂于第一和第二枢轴元件6302/6304的金属合金部分。该第一和第二枢轴元件6302/6304的金属合金部分上的干膜润滑剂可提高弹出装置的性能,包括接触面之间的具有最小摩擦的平滑操作。该干膜涂层可消除移动设备内部润滑剂的迁移,可避免移动部件上的灰尘聚集,并可避免润滑剂对移动设备所包含的其它元件的污染。在一个实施例中,该弹出装置可承受至少2000次重复的弹出和插入。To facilitate multiple ejection and insertion operations of the sliding tray 6326, the first and second pivot members 6302/6304 can be constructed from a material with sufficient strength to receive and transmit the required forces. In one embodiment, the first and second pivot members 6302/6304 can be constructed from precipitation-hardened martensitic stainless steel. In one embodiment, the first and second pivot members 6302/6304 can be formed using a metal injection molding process and can be constructed from a precipitation-hardened "613-type" stainless steel alloy having a "condition 900" state. This precipitation hardening can also be considered secondary hardening and age hardening and can significantly increase the yield strength of the metal alloy. Because the cylindrical portion 6306 of the first pivot member 6302 can contact at least a portion of the surface of the lever portion 6308 during rotation, at least a portion of the cylindrical portion 6306 and at least a portion of the lever portion 6308 can be coated with a dry film lubricant. In one embodiment, the entire first pivot member 6302 and the entire second pivot member 6304 can be coated with a dry film lubricant. As the first and second pivot elements 6302/6304 rotate about their respective first and second rotational axes 6324/6316, the dry film lubricant, along with the curved surfaces of the lever portion 6308 and the cylindrical portion 6306, provides smooth contact as the cylindrical portion 6306 of the first pivot element 6302 slides along the lever portion 6308 of the second pivot element 6304. In one embodiment, the dry film lubricant coating can be applied by immersing the first and second pivot elements 6302/6304 in an aqueous solution containing alcohol and the dry film lubricant, wherein the alcohol evaporates, leaving the dry film lubricant coated on the metal alloy portions of the first and second pivot elements 6302/6304. The dry film lubricant on the metal alloy portions of the first and second pivot elements 6302/6304 can enhance the performance of the ejection mechanism, including smooth operation with minimal friction between contacting surfaces. The dry film coating can eliminate lubricant migration within the mobile device, prevent dust accumulation on moving parts, and prevent lubricant contamination of other components within the mobile device. In one embodiment, the ejection device can withstand at least 2000 repeated ejections and insertions.

图59示出了用于在移动设备中滑动托盘弹出的装置的实施例的附加透视图6500。如上所述,弹出工具6328可通过移动设备壳体中的开口而插入,并可被接收于第一枢轴元件6302的弹出工具接受区域6318中。弹出工具6328可驱动第一枢轴元件6302绕第一旋转轴6324旋转,使第一枢轴元件6302的圆柱形部分6306接触第二枢轴元件6304的弯曲的杠杆部分6308并沿其滑动。第二枢轴元件6304可依次绕第二旋转轴6316旋转,由此将板状部分6310推向滑动托盘前端6312的背面部分,进而将滑动托盘6326至少部分地弹出移动设备壳体之外。滑动托盘体6314可包括中空区域,其中可安装存储卡,如SIM卡。该SIM 卡可以电接触位于滑动托盘6326下方(或上方)的电路板。如图59所示,第一旋转轴6324和第二旋转轴6316可相互平行,而沿弹出工具6328插入方向的轴和沿滑动托盘6326移动方向的轴在弹出期间可互不平行。在一个实施例中,弹出工具6328的插入与滑动托盘6326的弹出之间的夹角408可大致在40至50 度之间。该夹角408可取决于壳体的边缘表面在弹出工具6328插入点处的弯曲。FIG59 shows an additional perspective view 6500 of an embodiment of a device for ejecting a sliding tray in a mobile device. As described above, an ejection tool 6328 can be inserted through an opening in the mobile device housing and received in the ejection tool receiving area 6318 of the first pivot member 6302. The ejection tool 6328 can rotate the first pivot member 6302 about the first rotational axis 6324, causing the cylindrical portion 6306 of the first pivot member 6302 to contact and slide along the curved lever portion 6308 of the second pivot member 6304. The second pivot member 6304 can, in turn, rotate about the second rotational axis 6316, thereby pushing the plate-shaped portion 6310 toward the rear portion of the sliding tray front end 6312, thereby ejecting the sliding tray 6326 at least partially out of the mobile device housing. The sliding tray body 6314 can include a hollow area in which a memory card, such as a SIM card, can be installed. The SIM card can electrically contact a circuit board located below (or above) the sliding tray 6326. As shown in FIG59 , the first rotational axis 6324 and the second rotational axis 6316 may be parallel to each other, while the axis along the direction of insertion of the ejection tool 6328 and the axis along the direction of movement of the sliding tray 6326 may not be parallel to each other during ejection. In one embodiment, the angle 408 between the insertion of the ejection tool 6328 and the ejection of the sliding tray 6326 may be approximately between 40 and 50 degrees. This angle 408 may be determined by the curvature of the edge surface of the housing at the insertion point of the ejection tool 6328.

图60示出了用于通过移动设备壳体弹出滑动托盘6326的装置的实施例的底视图6600。位于第一枢轴元件6302底部表面的弹出工具接受区域6318可在沿第一轴的方向上接收弹出工具6328。第一枢轴元件6302可旋转以将第一枢轴元件6302的圆柱形部分6306压向第二枢轴元件6304的杠杆部分6308并使其沿第二枢轴元件6304的杠杆部分6308而滑动。第二枢轴元件6304的板状部分 6310(未示出)可旋转以在沿第二轴的方向上推动滑动托盘前端6312。第一和第二轴可互不平行。FIG60 illustrates a bottom view 6600 of an embodiment of a device for ejecting a sliding tray 6326 from a mobile device housing. An ejection tool receiving area 6318 located on a bottom surface of the first pivot member 6302 can receive the ejection tool 6328 in a direction along a first axis. The first pivot member 6302 can rotate to press the cylindrical portion 6306 of the first pivot member 6302 toward the lever portion 6308 of the second pivot member 6304 and slide it along the lever portion 6308 of the second pivot member 6304. The plate portion 6310 (not shown) of the second pivot member 6304 can rotate to push the front end 6312 of the sliding tray in a direction along a second axis. The first and second axes may not be parallel to each other.

图61和图62详细地示出了用于弹出滑动托盘6326通过移动设备壳体的装置的一个实施例中所包括的四个元件的正面透视图6700和后面侧视图6800。滑动托盘6326在滑动托盘前端6312的背面部分处包括滑动托盘接触区域6710,其中第二枢轴元件6304的板状部分6310在旋转时可与其相接触。滑动托盘体 6314包括中空内部6704,通过该中空内部,第二扁平物体(如SIM卡)上的电触点可与安装在滑动托盘6326下方的电路板相接触。沿滑动托盘6326内边的支架6706可将SIM卡固定就位。沿滑动托盘6326的外边的轨道6708当从移动设备中向内或向外移动时可引导滑动托盘6326。Figures 61 and 62 detail four components included in one embodiment of a device for ejecting a sliding tray 6326 through the housing of a mobile device, in a front perspective view 6700 and a rear side view 6800. The sliding tray 6326 includes a sliding tray contact area 6710 at the rear portion of the sliding tray front end 6312, with which the plate-like portion 6310 of the second pivot element 6304 can contact during rotation. The sliding tray body 6314 includes a hollow interior 6704 through which electrical contacts on a second flat object (such as a SIM card) can contact a circuit board mounted below the sliding tray 6326. Brackets 6706 along the inner edge of the sliding tray 6326 secure the SIM card in place. Tracks 6708 along the outer edge of the sliding tray 6326 guide the sliding tray 6326 as it moves inward or outward from the mobile device.

第一枢轴元件6302可包括杠杆捕获部分6702,当在移动设备中组装在一起时,其可包围第二枢轴元件的杠杆部分6308。在第一枢轴元件6302响应于弹出工具6328(未示出)被推向第一枢轴元件6302的弹出工具接受区域6318而旋转时,第一枢轴元件6302的圆柱形部分6306可按压杠杆部分6308并沿杠杆部分6308滑动。第二枢轴元件6304可旋转以将板状部分6310压向滑动托盘6326 的滑动托盘接触区域6710,由此将滑动托盘6326至少部分地弹出移动设备壳体之外。泡沫块6320可紧靠在第二枢轴元件6304上的杠杆部分6308的前端部分 6712。当旋转时,第二枢轴元件6304可将前端部分6712压向泡沫块6320。当移除弹出工具6328时,泡沫块6320可相对于前端部分6712而去压缩,使第二枢轴元件6304转回至最初的“中性”原始位置。这种旋转可使板状部分6310从将滑动托盘6326弹出移动设备的“倾斜的”位置返回至竖直方向。The first pivot element 6302 may include a lever capture portion 6702 that, when assembled in the mobile device, may surround the lever portion 6308 of the second pivot element. When the first pivot element 6302 rotates in response to an ejection tool 6328 (not shown) being pushed toward the ejection tool receiving area 6318 of the first pivot element 6302, the cylindrical portion 6306 of the first pivot element 6302 may press against and slide along the lever portion 6308. The second pivot element 6304 may rotate to press the plate portion 6310 toward the sliding tray contact area 6710 of the sliding tray 6326, thereby ejecting the sliding tray 6326 at least partially out of the mobile device housing. The foam block 6320 may abut against the front portion 6712 of the lever portion 6308 on the second pivot element 6304. When rotated, the second pivot element 6304 may press the front portion 6712 toward the foam block 6320. When the ejection tool 6328 is removed, the foam block 6320 can be decompressed relative to the front portion 6712, allowing the second pivot element 6304 to rotate back to its original "neutral" home position. This rotation can return the plate portion 6310 to a vertical orientation from the "tilted" position that ejects the sliding tray 6326 from the mobile device.

图63示出了在图62和图61中所示的用于弹出滑动托盘的装置的元件的正视图6900和后视图6910,这些元件被组装在一起,当滑动托盘6326可完全插入至移动设备壳体中时,位于“中性”原始位置。滑动托盘前端6312的正面可与移动设备壳体外表面平齐。板状部分6310可竖直地与滑动托盘6326的滑动托盘接触区域6710相邻放置。在一个实施例中,板状部分6310在“中性”原始位置时可靠近而不接触该滑动托盘接触区域6710。在另一实施例中,板状部分6310 在“中性”原始位置时可接触该滑动托盘接触区域6710,但并不提供足以将滑动托盘6326弹出移动设备壳体的力。第一枢轴元件6302的弹出工具接受区域6318可被倾斜,以通过壳体中的垂直于移动设备壳体的表面的开口而接收弹出工具 6328。第二枢轴元件6304的杠杆部分6308可由第一枢轴元件6302的杠杆捕获部分6702所包围,由此最小化移动设备壳体中的第一和第二枢轴元件6302/6304 的横向移动。Figure 63 shows a front view 6900 and a rear view 6910 of the components of the device for ejecting the sliding tray shown in Figures 62 and 61 , assembled together and positioned in a "neutral" home position when the sliding tray 6326 is fully inserted into the mobile device housing. The front face of the sliding tray front end 6312 may be flush with the outer surface of the mobile device housing. The plate portion 6310 may be positioned vertically adjacent to the sliding tray contact area 6710 of the sliding tray 6326. In one embodiment, the plate portion 6310 may be adjacent to, but not in contact with, the sliding tray contact area 6710 in the "neutral" home position. In another embodiment, the plate portion 6310 may contact the sliding tray contact area 6710 in the "neutral" home position but may not provide sufficient force to eject the sliding tray 6326 from the mobile device housing. The ejection tool receiving area 6318 of the first pivot element 6302 may be tilted to receive the ejection tool 6328 through an opening in the housing perpendicular to the surface of the mobile device housing. The lever portion 6308 of the second pivot element 6304 can be surrounded by the lever capture portion 6702 of the first pivot element 6302, thereby minimizing lateral movement of the first and second pivot elements 6302/6304 within the mobile device housing.

图64示出了图61和图62中所示的用于弹出滑动托盘的装置的元件的左视图61000和右视图61010,其被组装在一起,位于“中性”原始位置。弹出工具 6328到第一枢轴元件6302的弹出工具接受区域6318中的插入可使第一枢轴元件6302旋转并且接触第二枢轴元件的杠杆部分6308,从而旋转第二枢轴元件 6304的板状部分6310并使得第二枢轴元素6304的板状部分6310接触至滑动托盘前端6312的接触区域6710,将滑动托盘6326从移动设备壳体弹出。弹出工具6328的插入可垂直于(正交于)滑动托盘前端6312的表面,其可以接近地与移动设备壳体外表面对齐。滑动托盘6326可沿与滑动托盘6328的插入定向轴不同的定向轴弹出。在一个实施例中,滑动托盘6326在与移动设备顶表面平行的方向上弹出。当安装于移动设备时,滑动托盘体6314可基本平行于滑动托盘6326下方的电路板。Figure 64 shows left-side and right-side views 61000 and 61010 of the components of the apparatus for ejecting a sliding tray shown in Figures 61 and 62 , assembled and in a "neutral" home position. Insertion of an ejection tool 6328 into the ejection tool receiving area 6318 of the first pivot element 6302 causes the first pivot element 6302 to rotate and contact the lever portion 6308 of the second pivot element, thereby rotating the plate portion 6310 of the second pivot element 6304 and causing the plate portion 6310 of the second pivot element 6304 to contact the contact area 6710 of the sliding tray front end 6312, ejecting the sliding tray 6326 from the mobile device housing. The ejection tool 6328 can be inserted perpendicular (orthogonal) to the surface of the sliding tray front end 6312, which can be closely aligned with the outer surface of the mobile device housing. The sliding tray 6326 can be ejected along an oriented axis that is different from the oriented axis along which the sliding tray 6328 was inserted. In one embodiment, the sliding tray 6326 pops up in a direction parallel to the top surface of the mobile device. When installed on the mobile device, the sliding tray body 6314 can be substantially parallel to the circuit board below the sliding tray 6326.

图65示出了图62-64所示的装置的选择元件的透视图,其被组装在一起,位于中性“原始”位置,可与移动设备壳体中所安装的单元一同出现。第二枢轴元件6304的板状部分6310可处于基本竖直的位置,邻近于滑动托盘前端6312 的背面部分。泡沫块6320可通过将泡沫块6320设置紧靠于第二枢轴元件6304 的杠杆部分6308的前端部分6712来被部分压缩,但在中性“原始”位置时不能对第二枢轴元件6304施加任何显著压力。滑动托盘前端6312可包括凹口,移动设备的用户可借该凹口从移动设备壳体中抓取并抽出滑动托盘6326。FIG65 shows a perspective view of selected components of the apparatus shown in FIG62-64 assembled together and in a neutral, "home" position, as would be seen with the unit installed in a mobile device housing. The plate-like portion 6310 of the second pivot element 6304 can be positioned in a substantially vertical position, adjacent to a rear portion of the sliding tray front end 6312. The foam block 6320 can be partially compressed by positioning the foam block 6320 against the front end 6712 of the lever portion 6308 of the second pivot element 6304, but cannot exert any significant pressure on the second pivot element 6304 in the neutral, "home" position. The sliding tray front end 6312 can include a notch that allows a user of the mobile device to grasp and extract the sliding tray 6326 from the mobile device housing.

图66示出了图62-64所示的装置的选择元件的透视图,其被组装在一起,位于“被弹出”位置,可与可根据来自弹出工具6328(未示出)的压力而旋转的第一枢轴元件6302一同出现。第一枢轴元件6302的圆柱形部分6306可旋转并按压第二枢轴元件的杠杆部分6308,使得第二枢轴元件6304进行旋转并将第二枢轴元件6304的板状部分6310压向滑动托盘前端6312的背面部分,从而将滑动托盘6326至少部分地从移动设备壳体中弹出。当第一枢轴元件6302和第二枢轴元件6304两者旋转时,第一枢轴元件6302的圆柱形部分6306可沿第二枢轴元件6304的弯曲的杠杆部分6308滑动。可接触第二枢轴元件6304杠杆部分 6308的第一枢轴元件6302的圆柱形部分6306的表面可涂有干膜润滑剂。相似地,第二枢轴元件6304的杠杆部分6308的曲面也可涂有干膜润滑剂。该干膜润滑剂涂层能够有助于第一枢轴元件6302的接触的圆柱形部分6306相对于第二枢轴元件6304的弯曲杠杆部分6308并跨越第二枢轴元件6304的弯曲杠杆部分6308平滑地移动。在一个实施例中,第一枢轴元件6302和第二枢轴元件6304 都被整体涂有干膜润滑剂。泡沫块6320可用第二枢轴元件6304的前端部分6712 (弯曲杠杆部分6308的正面侧)来压缩。该泡沫块6320可在第一枢轴元件6302上的压力释放(即移除弹出工具6328)时去压缩,从而使第二枢轴元件6304 转回中性“原始”位置。当将滑动托盘6326重新插回移动设备壳体中时,中性“原始”位置中的板状部分6310不能直接与滑动托盘体6314以及安装于滑动托盘体 6314中的SIM卡或滑动托盘前端6312相接触,并且因而允许平滑的操作,而没有第二枢轴元件6304的板状部分6310与滑动托盘6326或安装于其中的扁平物体之间的摩擦接触。FIG66 shows a perspective view of the selection elements of the device shown in FIG62-64 assembled together and in an "ejected" position, with the first pivot element 6302 being capable of rotating in response to pressure from an ejection tool 6328 (not shown). The cylindrical portion 6306 of the first pivot element 6302 can rotate and press against the lever portion 6308 of the second pivot element, causing the second pivot element 6304 to rotate and press the plate portion 6310 of the second pivot element 6304 against the back portion of the front end 6312 of the sliding tray, thereby ejecting the sliding tray 6326 at least partially from the mobile device housing. As both the first pivot element 6302 and the second pivot element 6304 rotate, the cylindrical portion 6306 of the first pivot element 6302 can slide along the curved lever portion 6308 of the second pivot element 6304. The surface of the cylindrical portion 6306 of the first pivot element 6302 that contacts the lever portion 6308 of the second pivot element 6304 can be coated with a dry film lubricant. Similarly, the curved surface of the lever portion 6308 of the second pivot element 6304 can also be coated with a dry film lubricant. This dry film lubricant coating can facilitate smooth movement of the contacting cylindrical portion 6306 of the first pivot element 6302 relative to and across the curved lever portion 6308 of the second pivot element 6304. In one embodiment, both the first pivot element 6302 and the second pivot element 6304 are entirely coated with a dry film lubricant. The foam block 6320 can be compressed by the front end portion 6712 of the second pivot element 6304 (the front side of the curved lever portion 6308). The foam block 6320 can decompress when the pressure on the first pivot element 6302 is released (i.e., the ejection tool 6328 is removed), thereby allowing the second pivot element 6304 to rotate back to the neutral "home" position. When the sliding tray 6326 is reinserted into the mobile device housing, the plate-like portion 6310 in the neutral "home" position cannot directly contact the sliding tray body 6314 and the SIM card installed in the sliding tray body 6314 or the sliding tray front end 6312, thereby allowing smooth operation without frictional contact between the plate-like portion 6310 of the second pivot element 6304 and the sliding tray 6326 or a flat object installed therein.

所描述的实施例的各个方面、实施例、实现方式或特征可被单独地使用或以任意组合的方式使用。所描述的实施例的各个方面可通过软件、硬件或硬件与软件的结合来实现。所描述的实施例还可被具体实现为用于控制制造操作的计算机可读介质上的计算机可读代码或用于控制生产线的计算机可读介质上的计算机可读代码。该计算机可读介质为可以存储其后可由计算机系统读取的数据的任何数据存储设备。计算机可读介质的示例包括只读存储器、随机存取存储器、CD-ROM、DVD、磁带、光学数据存储设备以及载波。计算机可读介质还可被分布在与网络耦接的计算机系统中,使得该计算机可读代码以分布式方式被存储和执行。The various aspects, embodiments, implementations, or features of the described embodiments may be used individually or in any combination. Various aspects of the described embodiments may be implemented by software, hardware, or a combination of hardware and software. The described embodiments may also be specifically implemented as computer-readable code on a computer-readable medium for controlling manufacturing operations or computer-readable code on a computer-readable medium for controlling a production line. The computer-readable medium is any data storage device that can store data that can be subsequently read by a computer system. Examples of computer-readable media include read-only memory, random access memory, CD-ROM, DVD, magnetic tape, optical data storage devices, and carrier waves. The computer-readable medium may also be distributed among computer systems coupled to a network so that the computer-readable code is stored and executed in a distributed manner.

出于解释的目的的上述描述利用了具体术语来提供对本发明的全面透彻的理解。然而,本领域技术人员将清楚,为了实践本发明并不需要这些具体的细节。因此,出于例示和描述的目的而呈现本发明的具体实施例的上述描述。它们并不意图是穷举的或将本发明限制在所公开的精确的形式。本领域技术人员将清楚,鉴于以上教导许多修改和变化是可能的。The above description for purposes of explanation utilizes specific terminology to provide a thorough understanding of the present invention. However, it will be apparent to those skilled in the art that these specific details are not required to practice the present invention. Therefore, the above descriptions of specific embodiments of the present invention are presented for purposes of illustration and description. They are not intended to be exhaustive or to limit the present invention to the precise forms disclosed. It will be apparent to those skilled in the art that many modifications and variations are possible in light of the above teachings.

为了最好地解释本发明的原理及其实际应用而选择和描述了实施例,由此使其他本领域技术人员能够最好地利用本发明以及适合于特定预期应用的具有各种修改的各种实施例。意图通过下述权利要求和它们的等同物来限定本发明的范围。The embodiments were chosen and described in order to best explain the principles of the invention and its practical application, thereby enabling others skilled in the art to best utilize the invention and various embodiments with various modifications as are suited to the particular application contemplated. It is intended that the scope of the invention be defined by the following claims and their equivalents.

尽管以若干特定实施例的方式描述了实施例,但是存在落入这些一般概念的范围内的变化、置换及等同物。还应当注意,存在许多可选方式来实现本实施例的方法和装置。例如,虽然挤压过程是制造一体化管道的优选方法,但应当注意其并非限制,并且能够使用其它制造方法(例如喷射成型)。因此,其意图将随后所附的权利要求解释为包括落入所描述实施例的真正的精神和范围内的全部这种变化、置换及等同物。Although the embodiments have been described in terms of several specific embodiments, there are variations, permutations, and equivalents that fall within the scope of these general concepts. It should also be noted that there are many alternative ways to implement the methods and apparatus of the present embodiments. For example, while an extrusion process is a preferred method for manufacturing an integrated pipe, it should be noted that this is not limiting, and other manufacturing methods (e.g., injection molding) can be used. Therefore, it is intended that the claims appended hereto be interpreted as including all such variations, permutations, and equivalents that fall within the true spirit and scope of the described embodiments.

这里描述的便携式计算设备可采用许多形式,例如膝上型计算机、平板计算机等。便携式计算设备可包括至少单件外壳。该单件外壳可由单坯材料(例如铝坯)加工而成。该单件外壳可包括具有用于接收边框压条和盖体的表面的壁架。角托架可附接于该单件外壳,以提高该外壳的抗损伤性。The portable computing device described herein can take many forms, such as a laptop computer, a tablet computer, and the like. The portable computing device can include at least a single-piece housing. The single-piece housing can be machined from a single billet of material (e.g., aluminum). The single-piece housing can include a ledge having a surface for receiving a frame molding and a cover. Corner brackets can be attached to the single-piece housing to increase the housing's resistance to damage.

公开了一种便携式计算设备。该便携式计算设备可采用多种形式,例如膝上型计算机、平板计算机等。该便携式计算设备可包括由无线电不透明材料形成的单件外壳,其具有由无线电透明材料形成的盖体。为实现无线接口,可提供天线层叠结构,其允许天线安装于盖体底部。提供了用于增强无线性能的方法和装置。例如,在一个实施例中,可将金属外壳变薄,以增强天线性能。作为另一示例,法拉第笼可形成于扬声器驱动器周围以增强天线性能。电池组件和主逻辑板可直接安装于基本平坦的底壁,而复数个附加元件设置于电池组件和主逻辑板的周边周围。公开了一种用于将便携式电子设备的金属合金壳体外表面加工以形成平坦边缘表面、弯曲边缘表面和平坦底部表面的结合的方法和装置。该平坦边缘表面通过沿预定连续螺旋状路径的第一环路接触旋转的切削工具的第一平坦部分来被打磨。该弯曲边缘表面通过沿第一预定连续螺旋状路径的其它环路接触旋转的切削工具的凸起部分而被打磨。切削工具的垂直移动的节距基于金属合金壳体的结果曲率对于连续螺旋状路径的每个环路来进行调整。该底部表面通过沿第二预定交变方向直线路径接触切削工具的平坦部分而被打磨。A portable computing device is disclosed. The portable computing device can take various forms, such as a laptop computer, a tablet computer, or the like. The portable computing device may include a single-piece housing formed of a radio-opaque material, with a cover formed of a radio-transparent material. To implement a wireless interface, an antenna stack structure may be provided, allowing the antenna to be mounted on the bottom of the cover. Methods and apparatus for enhancing wireless performance are provided. For example, in one embodiment, the metal housing may be thinned to enhance antenna performance. As another example, a Faraday cage may be formed around a speaker driver to enhance antenna performance. The battery assembly and main logic board may be mounted directly to a substantially flat bottom wall, while a plurality of additional components may be positioned around the perimeter of the battery assembly and main logic board. A method and apparatus for machining the exterior surface of a metal alloy housing of a portable electronic device to form a combination of a flat edge surface, a curved edge surface, and a flat bottom surface are disclosed. The flat edge surface is ground by contacting a first flat portion of a rotating cutting tool along a first loop of a predetermined continuous spiral path. The curved edge surface is ground by contacting a raised portion of the rotating cutting tool along another loop of the first predetermined continuous spiral path. The pitch of the vertical movement of the cutting tool is adjusted for each loop of the continuous helical path based on the resulting curvature of the metal alloy shell.The bottom surface is ground by contacting the flat portion of the cutting tool along a second predetermined alternating direction linear path.

公开了一种用于将扁平物体弹出移动设备壳体的装置。该装置被布置以沿第一轴接收弹出工具并沿第二轴弹出该扁平物体,其中该第一轴和第二轴不平行。在一个实施例中,该第一轴平行于移动设备的顶表面,而第二轴垂直于移动设备的弯曲边缘表面。公开了一种用于将扁平物体弹出移动设备壳体的装置。该装置被布置为沿第一轴接收弹出工具并沿第二轴弹出该扁平物体,其中该第一轴和第二轴不平行。在一个实施例中,该第一轴平行于移动设备的顶表面,而第二轴垂直于移动设备的弯曲边缘表面。在一个实施例中,该装置包括第一枢轴元件,以接收该弹出工具并旋转,由此使第二枢轴元件的杠杆部分发生移位。该第二枢轴元件包括板状元件,其在第二枢轴元件旋转时接触并弹出该扁平物体。Disclosed is a device for ejecting a flat object from a housing of a mobile device. The device is arranged to receive an ejection tool along a first axis and eject the flat object along a second axis, wherein the first and second axes are not parallel. In one embodiment, the first axis is parallel to the top surface of the mobile device, and the second axis is perpendicular to the curved edge surface of the mobile device. Disclosed is a device for ejecting a flat object from a housing of a mobile device. The device is arranged to receive an ejection tool along a first axis and eject the flat object along a second axis, wherein the first and second axes are not parallel. In one embodiment, the first axis is parallel to the top surface of the mobile device, and the second axis is perpendicular to the curved edge surface of the mobile device. In one embodiment, the device includes a first pivot element to receive the ejection tool and rotate, thereby displacing a lever portion of a second pivot element. The second pivot element includes a plate-like element that contacts and ejects the flat object when the second pivot element rotates.

Claims (20)

1.一种便携式电子设备,包括:1. A portable electronic device, comprising: 壳体,具有外部表面;和A housing having an external surface; and 用户识别模块SIM卡托盘,被配置为由在所述外部表面中形成的第一开口接纳,其中:The SIM card tray for the user identification module is configured to receive a first opening formed in the outer surface, wherein: 所述SIM卡托盘被配置为,当一工具在第二方向被插入到第二开口中时,所述SIM卡托盘在第一方向从所述第一开口弹出;以及The SIM card tray is configured such that when a tool is inserted into the second opening in a second direction, the SIM card tray ejects from the first opening in a first direction; and 所述第一方向相对于所述第二方向成一横向相交的角度。The first direction forms a transverse intersection angle with the second direction. 2.如权利要求1所述的便携式电子设备,其中所述外部表面是弯曲的。2. The portable electronic device of claim 1, wherein the outer surface is curved. 3.如权利要求1所述的便携式电子设备,其中所述SIM卡托盘具有弯曲的外表面,其在所述的SIM卡托盘被插入到第一开口中时与所述外部表面连续。3. The portable electronic device of claim 1, wherein the SIM card tray has a curved outer surface that is continuous with the outer surface when the SIM card tray is inserted into the first opening. 4.如权利要求1所述的便携式电子设备,其中所述第二开口的中心与所述第二方向垂直。4. The portable electronic device of claim 1, wherein the center of the second opening is perpendicular to the second direction. 5.如权利要求1所述的便携式电子设备,其中所述第一开口与所述SIM卡托盘分离。5. The portable electronic device of claim 1, wherein the first opening is separate from the SIM card tray. 6.如权利要求1所述的便携式电子设备,其中所述第二方向与所述壳体的边缘垂直。6. The portable electronic device of claim 1, wherein the second direction is perpendicular to the edge of the housing. 7.如权利要求1所述的便携式电子设备,其中所述第二开口形成在所述SIM卡托盘中。7. The portable electronic device of claim 1, wherein the second opening is formed in the SIM card tray. 8.一种便携式电子设备,包括:8. A portable electronic device, comprising: 壳体,具有用于接纳用户识别模块SIM卡托盘的第一开口和用于接纳弹出工具的第二开口;The housing has a first opening for receiving a SIM card tray for a user identification module and a second opening for receiving an ejection tool; 第一枢轴元件,被布置为通过所述第二开口接纳所述弹出工具并且绕第一旋转轴旋转以接触第二枢轴元件;和A first pivot element is arranged to receive the ejector tool through the second opening and to rotate about a first axis of rotation to contact a second pivot element; and 所述第二枢轴元件,被布置为响应于与第一枢轴元件的接触,绕第二旋转轴旋转,以接触所述SIM卡托盘并且通过所述壳体中的第一开口使所述SIM卡托盘在第一方向上移位,所述第一方向第二方向横向相交,其中通过所述第二开口在所述第二方向上接纳所述弹出工具。The second pivot element is arranged to rotate about a second rotation axis in response to contact with the first pivot element to contact the SIM card tray and displace the SIM card tray in a first direction through a first opening in the housing, the first direction and the second direction intersecting laterally, wherein the ejection tool is received in the second direction through the second opening. 9.如权利要求8所述的便携式电子设备,还包括邻近所述第二枢轴元件布置的元件,其被布置为将所述第二枢轴元件旋转回到中性位置。9. The portable electronic device of claim 8, further comprising an element arranged adjacent to the second pivot element, which is configured to rotate the second pivot element back to a neutral position. 10.如权利要求8所述的便携式电子设备,其中:10. The portable electronic device of claim 8, wherein: 所述第一开口沿着第一轴延伸;The first opening extends along the first axis; 所述第二开口沿着第二轴延伸;以及The second opening extends along the second axis; and 所述第一轴和第二轴是非平行的。The first axis and the second axis are not parallel. 11.如权利要求10所述的便携式电子设备,其中所述第一轴以与第二轴成大于30度的角定位。11. The portable electronic device of claim 10, wherein the first axis is positioned at an angle greater than 30 degrees to the second axis. 12.如权利要求8所述的便携式电子设备,其中所述第一枢轴元件和第二枢轴元件在旋转时增加到所述弹出工具相对于第一枢轴元件的力的至少1.5倍,以产生所述第二枢轴元件相对于所述SIM卡托盘的力。12. The portable electronic device of claim 8, wherein the first pivot element and the second pivot element increase to at least 1.5 times the force of the ejection tool relative to the first pivot element during rotation to generate a force of the second pivot element relative to the SIM card tray. 13.如权利要求8所述的便携式电子设备,其中所述第一枢轴元件和第二枢轴元件由金属合金组成,所述金属合金至少沿着所述第一枢轴元件和第二枢轴元件的在旋转时彼此接触的表面涂有干膜润滑剂。13. The portable electronic device of claim 8, wherein the first pivot element and the second pivot element are made of a metal alloy, the metal alloy being coated with a dry film lubricant at least along the surfaces of the first pivot element and the second pivot element that come into contact with each other during rotation. 14.如权利要求13所述的便携式电子设备,其中所述金属合金是淀积硬化的马氏体不锈钢。14. The portable electronic device of claim 13, wherein the metal alloy is a deposition-hardened martensitic stainless steel. 15.如权利要求8所述的便携式电子设备,其中下述中的至少一个成立:15. The portable electronic device of claim 8, wherein at least one of the following is true: 所述第一枢轴元件包括接纳所述弹出工具的凹形接受区域;The first pivot element includes a concave receiving area for receiving the ejection tool; 所述第一枢轴元件包括接触所述第二枢轴元件的弯曲部分的圆柱形部分;或者The first pivot element includes a cylindrical portion that contacts the curved portion of the second pivot element; or 所述第二枢轴元件包括接触所述SIM卡托盘的板状部分。The second pivot element includes a plate-like portion that contacts the SIM card tray. 16.一种便携式电子设备,包括:16. A portable electronic device, comprising: 用户识别模块SIM卡托盘;以及User identification module SIM card tray; and 外壳,所述外壳形成:The outer casing is formed as follows: 第一开口,工具被配置为沿工具路径插入到所述第一开口中;以及A first opening, the tool is configured to be inserted into the first opening along a tool path; and 第二开口,所述SIM卡托盘被配置成通过所述第二开口沿与所述工具路径横向相交的路径弹出。The second opening allows the SIM card tray to pop out along a path that intersects laterally with the tool path. 17.如权利要求16所述的便携式电子设备,还包括:17. The portable electronic device of claim 16, further comprising: 至少部分放置在所述外壳中的显示器;A display that is at least partially housed within the housing; 位于所述显示器之上限定与所述路径平行的外部表面的盖玻璃。A cover glass located above the display, defining an outer surface parallel to the path. 18.如权利要求16所述的便携式电子设备,其中所述外壳包括限定所述第一开口和所述第二开口两者的侧壁。18. The portable electronic device of claim 16, wherein the housing includes a sidewall defining both the first opening and the second opening. 19.如权利要求18所述的便携式电子设备,其中所述侧壁是非平面的。19. The portable electronic device of claim 18, wherein the sidewall is non-planar. 20.如权利要求16所述的便携式电子设备,其中所述SIM卡托盘是限定所述便携式电子设备的外部表面的一部分的整体金属结构。20. The portable electronic device of claim 16, wherein the SIM card tray is an integral metal structure defining a portion of the outer surface of the portable electronic device.
HK16102598.4A 2011-01-31 2016-03-07 Housing, electronic device, apparatus, method and flat object ejector assembly HK1214666B (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (14)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US201161437779P 2011-01-31 2011-01-31
US13/018,242 US8911280B2 (en) 2011-01-31 2011-01-31 Apparatus for shaping exterior surface of a metal alloy casing
US13/018,242 2011-01-31
US13/018,153 US8570736B2 (en) 2011-01-31 2011-01-31 Component assembly
US13/018,239 US8460018B2 (en) 2011-01-31 2011-01-31 Flat object ejector assembly
US13/018,184 US8665160B2 (en) 2011-01-31 2011-01-31 Antenna, shielding and grounding
US13/018,174 US8587939B2 (en) 2011-01-31 2011-01-31 Handheld portable device
US13/018,174 2011-01-31
US13/018,184 2011-01-31
US61/437,779 2011-01-31
US13/018,153 2011-01-31
US13/018,239 2011-01-31
US13/166,735 US9064200B2 (en) 2011-01-31 2011-06-22 Flat object ejector assembly
US13/166,735 2011-06-22

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
HK1214666A1 HK1214666A1 (en) 2016-08-26
HK1214666B true HK1214666B (en) 2020-02-28

Family

ID=

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
CN102866730B (en) Housing, electronic device, device, method and flat object ejector assembly
US11480998B2 (en) Handheld portable device
KR101396615B1 (en) Component assembly
US9444131B2 (en) Antenna, shielding and grounding
US8570736B2 (en) Component assembly
HK1214666B (en) Housing, electronic device, apparatus, method and flat object ejector assembly
HK1180781B (en) Housing, electronic device, apparatus, method and flat object ejector assembly